<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Alrachels</id>
	<title>MoodleDocs - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Alrachels"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/Special:Contributions/Alrachels"/>
	<updated>2026-05-26T16:32:37Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.5</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=155730</id>
		<title>Content Pages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=155730"/>
		<updated>2026-05-25T19:59:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* How is it set up? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity&lt;br /&gt;
|entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_icontent&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/leorenis/moodle-mod_icontent/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://github.com/leorenis/moodle-mod_icontent/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the participant can be located, based on last logged furthermore allow the inclusion of public or private notes, which the participant can provide feedback on the content studied on the page and enjoy and reply comments from other colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin also allows the launch of questions about the content addressed, this provides better interaction between the participant and the virtual learning platform, and the feature may become an evaluation item or launch fractional notes on the items available in the course as defined in the plan of action. The described extension is fully responsive and can be accessed by any device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How is it set up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you like to add the Content Pages to, then from the Add and activity drop down, select Content Pages (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what is expected of them in regards to the activity. (Remember this description will display on every page of the Lesson.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a copyright of up to 255 characters, if you so desire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter and tags you want to include.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a default Background image for each page, if you want a default one to be visible on every page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Availabbility ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Open time - Enable if you want to set a time that will open the activity for student access.&lt;br /&gt;
# Close time - Enable if you want to set a time after which students can no long access the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Show more&lt;br /&gt;
## Password protected Content pages - Change to yes if you want to use a password.&lt;br /&gt;
## Password - Enter a password. Click the eye toggles to make it readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appearance ===&lt;br /&gt;
#Background color - Click the color selector to set the default background color of each page for any slide/page that does NOT use its own Background color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border color - Click the color selector to set the default border color of each page for any slide/page that does NOT use its own Border color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border width - Set the border width in pixels. Note that the default 1px is practically invisible, so use something thicker if you want the border to stand out. The setting for each page can override this setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of pages - Set the max number of pages/slides per Content Pages activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Show notes area - Set the visibility of the show notes area. Yes, if you want students to be able to post their notes or ask the tutor/teacher for further details. Set to No, if you want to provide information without allowing students to take notes or ask for further details or questions.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of notes per pages - Set the allowed max number of notes per pages/slides.&lt;br /&gt;
# Progress bar - Set the progress bar visibility. Yes gives visual indication of progress through the activity. No hides the bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grade ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade - This the standard Moodle Grade selector of None, Scale, or Point. Point is selected by default with a default Maximum grade set to 100. See [[Grade points]] and [[Advanced grading methods]] for more information on the settings here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade category - By default, this is set to Uncategorized. To use something else, alternatives must be defined in the course gradebook setup. &lt;br /&gt;
# Grade to pass - This setting determines the minimum grade required to pass. The value is used in activity and course completion, and in the gradebook where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red. Setting a passing grade may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Restrict access]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have passed this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Common module settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Three options are available:  &#039;&#039;&#039;Show on course page&#039;&#039;&#039;: Available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set). &#039;&#039;&#039;Hide on course page&#039;&#039;&#039;: Not available to students. &#039;&#039;&#039;Make available but don&#039;t show on course page&#039;&#039;&#039;: Available to students if you provide a link. Activities will still appear in the gradebook and other reports.&lt;br /&gt;
# ID number - Setting an ID number provides a way of identifying the activity or resource for purposes such as grade calculation or custom reporting. Otherwise the field may be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
# Force language - You can mandate what language the activity is in. Handy for courses teaching a second language.&lt;br /&gt;
# Group mode - The setting can be specified, but is not currently implemented in any way in Content Pages.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grouping - The setting can be specified, but is not currently implemented in any way in Content Pages.&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that if you are using group mode then course teachers need to be members of the group in order to receive notifications regarding this activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Restrict access ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Access restriction - All the normal Moodle access restrictions can be defined and implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Completion conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
# None - No completion condition implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
# Students must manually mark the activity as done - For the activity to be marked as complete, the student has to check it off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add requirements - The teacher can set automatic completion based on the student viewing the activity,  or receiving any grade or the specified passing grade set in the Grade section.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set reminder in Timeline - If enabled, the specified date will be shown in the calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tags ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tags - Currently, a teacher can manage standard tags, but they are not shown anywhere in the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Competencies ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Course competencies - Any course competencies for this activity, can be selected here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upon activity completion - There are the four standard options: Do nothing, Attach evidence, Send for review, or automatically Complete the competency. If the last option is selected, then an optional check box appears allowing for Override existing competency grade when completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unlabeled ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Send content change notification - Tick the box to notify course participants about this new or changed activity or resource. Only users who can access the activity or resource will receive the notification.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=155728</id>
		<title>Content Pages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=155728"/>
		<updated>2026-05-25T19:45:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* General */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity&lt;br /&gt;
|entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_icontent&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/leorenis/moodle-mod_icontent/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://github.com/leorenis/moodle-mod_icontent/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the participant can be located, based on last logged furthermore allow the inclusion of public or private notes, which the participant can provide feedback on the content studied on the page and enjoy and reply comments from other colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin also allows the launch of questions about the content addressed, this provides better interaction between the participant and the virtual learning platform, and the feature may become an evaluation item or launch fractional notes on the items available in the course as defined in the plan of action. The described extension is fully responsive and can be accessed by any device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How is it set up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you like to add the Content Pages to, then from the Add and activity drop down, select Content Pages (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what is expected of them in regards to the activity. (Remember this description will display on every page of the Lesson.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a copyright of up to 255 characters, if you so desire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter and tags you want to include.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a default Background image for each page, if you want a default one to be visible on every page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appearance ===&lt;br /&gt;
#Background color - Set the default background color of each page using HEX without the #. e.g. E11111 gives a nice red color to any slide/page that does NOT use its own Background color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border color - Set the default border color of each page using HEX without the #. This is used for any slide/page that does NOT use its own Border color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border width - Set the border width in pixels. Note that the default 1px is practically invisible, so use something thicker if you want the border to stand out. The setting for each page can override this setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of pages - Set the max number of pages/slides per Content Pages activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Show notes area - Set the visibility of the show notes area. Yes, if you want students to be able to post their notes or ask the tutor/teacher for further details. Set to No, if you want to provide information without allowing students to take notes or ask for further details or questions.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of notes per pages - Set the allowed max number of notes per pages/slides.&lt;br /&gt;
# Progress bar - Set the progress bar visibility. Yes gives visual indication of progress through the activity. No hides the bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grade ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade - This the standard Moodle Grade selector of None, Scale, or Point. Point is selected by default with a default Maximum grade set to 100. See [[Grade points]] and [[Advanced grading methods]] for more information on the settings here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade category - By default, this is set to Uncategorized. To use something else, alternatives must be defined in the course gradebook setup. &lt;br /&gt;
# Grade to pass - This setting determines the minimum grade required to pass. The value is used in activity and course completion, and in the gradebook where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red. Setting a passing grade may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Restrict access]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have passed this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Common module settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Three options are available:  &#039;&#039;&#039;Show on course page&#039;&#039;&#039;: Available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set). &#039;&#039;&#039;Hide on course page&#039;&#039;&#039;: Not available to students. &#039;&#039;&#039;Make available but don&#039;t show on course page&#039;&#039;&#039;: Available to students if you provide a link. Activities will still appear in the gradebook and other reports.&lt;br /&gt;
# ID number - Setting an ID number provides a way of identifying the activity or resource for purposes such as grade calculation or custom reporting. Otherwise the field may be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
# Force language - You can mandate what language the activity is in. Handy for courses teaching a second language.&lt;br /&gt;
# Group mode - The setting can be specified, but is not currently implemented in any way in Content Pages.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grouping - The setting can be specified, but is not currently implemented in any way in Content Pages.&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that if you are using group mode then course teachers need to be members of the group in order to receive notifications regarding this activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Restrict access ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Access restriction - All the normal Moodle access restrictions can be defined and implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Completion conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
# None - No completion condition implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
# Students must manually mark the activity as done - For the activity to be marked as complete, the student has to check it off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add requirements - The teacher can set automatic completion based on the student viewing the activity,  or receiving any grade or the specified passing grade set in the Grade section.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set reminder in Timeline - If enabled, the specified date will be shown in the calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tags ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tags - Currently, a teacher can manage standard tags, but they are not shown anywhere in the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Competencies ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Course competencies - Any course competencies for this activity, can be selected here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upon activity completion - There are the four standard options: Do nothing, Attach evidence, Send for review, or automatically Complete the competency. If the last option is selected, then an optional check box appears allowing for Override existing competency grade when completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unlabeled ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Send content change notification - Tick the box to notify course participants about this new or changed activity or resource. Only users who can access the activity or resource will receive the notification.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=150111</id>
		<title>MooTyper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=150111"/>
		<updated>2024-11-12T18:59:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_mootyper&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_mootyper/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=209535&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper is an Activity module. A course admin, manager, or teacher creates the activity and prepares it for use by selecting the mode, the lesson, keyboard layout, and all the other settings to use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper currently, has three activity modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practice mode - students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. It also allows a student to delete the results of an exercise attempt, and try it over. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesson mode - like practice mode, students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exercise result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exam mode - only one exercise from a lesson is presented for the student to attempt. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exam mode result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a student finishes any exercise, in any mode, the results are saved into a MooTyper database, so the teacher can view individual student progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the MooTyper activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down, seletect MooTyper (assuming your installation has the plugin installed.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a title for the MooTyper activity. e.g. MooTyper - Practice - Lesson 13&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to enable Open time or Close time and set them accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
# At this point you can set Options, but it is more convenient to wait and do them on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Group mode, under Common module settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Access restrictions under Restrict access.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Completion tracking under Activity completion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Tags under Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Course Competencies and Upon activity completion: under Competencies Competencies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup/Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the above steps in the section, To use, you  should see a page with a link to, Setup, which you should click. This page can also be accessed via the Settings button on the View page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Mode you want to use. Once saved, the Mode cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Lesson name you want to use. Once saved, the Lesson name cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Time limit for each exercise in a Lesson. Enter the time as whole minutes. Zero minutes equals Unlimited, or no time limit for each exercise. If the Time limit expires, the exercise is halted and the current results posted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required precision. In Practice or Lesson mode, if the student does not achieve the required precision, the results in the grade pages are highlighted in red, and the student must attempt the same exercise, again, before they can proceed to a new exercise. In Exam mode, students are NOT automatically given the opportunity to try again if they do not achieve the required precision. Zero means Required precision will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required WPM (Word Per Minute) rate. This setting works the same as Required precision. Zero means Required WPM will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want the text the student is to type, is left aligned, center aligned, or right aligned.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Continuous typing. On - the cursor moves for every keystroke. Off - the cursor does not advance until the correct letter is typed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count mistyped spaces. On - every extra space typed counts as a mistake. Off - extra typed spaces are ignored and not added to the mistake count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count all keystrokes. On - if Continuous typing is off, if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, each one is counted as a mistake. Off - if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, only the first one is counted as a mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn On/Off, Show keyboard. On - the selected layout is shown and gives a visual indication of which key to use to type the current character. Off - the layout must still be selected, but it will not be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select which Keyboard layout to use. The selected layout must match the layout your Operating System is using so that mistakes can be tracked accurately, even if your have elected to NOT show the keyboard layout below the text to type.&lt;br /&gt;
# The rest of the settings are colors and until you have some experience, it is probably best to just use the defaults. Later, an admin, manager, or teacher can change them at any time. Colors can be entered as hex color codes, or standard HTML color names. e.g. #000000, #7FEF6C, red, pink, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a MooTyper activity being used to allow students to practice typing in Lesson mode. They have just finished the second of ten exercises in Lesson 13. They did not finish in allocated one minute time limit. The results of this attempt will be marked as passing because the both the Required precision (90%) and Required WPM (20) were exceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{ns:file}}:Moodle_mootyper.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149066</id>
		<title>Content Pages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149066"/>
		<updated>2024-07-21T19:32:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Common module settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the participant can be located, based on last logged furthermore allow the inclusion of public or private notes, which the participant can provide feedback on the content studied on the page and enjoy and reply comments from other colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin also allows the launch of questions about the content addressed, this provides better interaction between the participant and the virtual learning platform, and the feature may become an evaluation item or launch fractional notes on the items available in the course as defined in the plan of action. The described extension is fully responsive and can be accessed by any device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How is it set up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you like to add the Content Pages to, the from the Add and activity drop down, select Content Pages (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what is expected of them in regards to the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a copyright of up to 255 characters, if you so desire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a default Background image for each page, if you want to be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appearance ===&lt;br /&gt;
#Background color - Set the default background color of each page using HEX without the #. e.g. E11111 gives a nice red color to any slide/page that does NOT use it&#039;s own Background color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border color - Set the default border color of each page using HEX without the #. This is used for any slide/page that does NOT use it&#039;s own Border color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border width - Set the border width in pixels. Note that the default 1px is practically invisible, so use something thicker if you want the border to stand out. The setting for each page can override this setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of pages - Set the max number of pages/slides per Content Pages activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Show notes area - Set the visibility of the show notes area. Yes, if you want students to be able to post their notes or ask the tutor/teacher for further details. Set to No, if you want to provide information without allowing students to take notes or ask for further details or questions.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of notes per pages - Set the allowed max number of notes per pages/slides.&lt;br /&gt;
# Progress bar - Set the progress bar visibility. Yes gives visual indication of progress through the activity. No hides the bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grade ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade - This the standard Moodle Grade selector of None, Scale, or Point. Point is selected by default with a default Maximum grade set to 100. See [[Grade points]] and [[Advanced grading methods]] for more information on the settings here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade category - By default, this is set to Uncategorized. To use something else, alternatives must be defined in the course gradebook setup. &lt;br /&gt;
# Grade to pass - This setting determines the minimum grade required to pass. The value is used in activity and course completion, and in the gradebook where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red. Setting a passing grade may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Restrict access]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have passed this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Common module settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Three options are available:  &#039;&#039;&#039;Show on course page&#039;&#039;&#039;: Available to students (subject to any access restrictions which may be set). &#039;&#039;&#039;Hide on course page&#039;&#039;&#039;: Not available to students. &#039;&#039;&#039;Make available but don&#039;t show on course page&#039;&#039;&#039;: Available to students if you provide a link. Activities will still appear in the gradebook and other reports.&lt;br /&gt;
# ID number - Setting an ID number provides a way of identifying the activity or resource for purposes such as grade calculation or custom reporting. Otherwise the field may be left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
# Force language - You can mandate what language the activity is in. Handy for courses teaching a second language.&lt;br /&gt;
# Group mode - The setting can be specified, but is not currently implemented in any way in Content Pages.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grouping - The setting can be specified, but is not currently implemented in any way in Content Pages.&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that if you are using group mode then course teachers need to be members of the group in order to receive notifications regarding this activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Restrict access ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Access restriction - All the normal Moodle access restrictions can be defined and implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Completion conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
# None - No completion condition implemented.&lt;br /&gt;
# Students must manually mark the activity as done - For the activity to be marked as complete, the student has to check it off.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add requirements - The teacher can set automatic completion based on the student viewing the activity,  or receiving any grade or the specified passing grade set in the Grade section.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set reminder in Timeline - If enabled, the specified date will be shown in the calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tags ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tags - Currently, a teacher can manage standard tags, but they are not shown anywhere in the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Competencies ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Course competencies - Any course competencies for this activity, can be selected here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upon activity completion - There are the four standard options: Do nothing, Attach evidence, Send for review, or automatically Complete the competency. If the last option is selected, then an optional check box appears allowing for Override existing competency grade when completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unlabeled ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Send content change notification - Tick the box to notify course participants about this new or changed activity or resource. Only users who can access the activity or resource will receive the notification.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149065</id>
		<title>Content Pages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149065"/>
		<updated>2024-07-19T19:41:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Grade */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the participant can be located, based on last logged furthermore allow the inclusion of public or private notes, which the participant can provide feedback on the content studied on the page and enjoy and reply comments from other colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin also allows the launch of questions about the content addressed, this provides better interaction between the participant and the virtual learning platform, and the feature may become an evaluation item or launch fractional notes on the items available in the course as defined in the plan of action. The described extension is fully responsive and can be accessed by any device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How is it set up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you like to add the Content Pages to, the from the Add and activity drop down, select Content Pages (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what is expected of them in regards to the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a copyright of up to 255 characters, if you so desire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a default Background image for each page, if you want to be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appearance ===&lt;br /&gt;
#Background color - Set the default background color of each page using HEX without the #. e.g. E11111 gives a nice red color to any slide/page that does NOT use it&#039;s own Background color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border color - Set the default border color of each page using HEX without the #. This is used for any slide/page that does NOT use it&#039;s own Border color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border width - Set the border width in pixels. Note that the default 1px is practically invisible, so use something thicker if you want the border to stand out. The setting for each page can override this setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of pages - Set the max number of pages/slides per Content Pages activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Show notes area - Set the visibility of the show notes area. Yes, if you want students to be able to post their notes or ask the tutor/teacher for further details. Set to No, if you want to provide information without allowing students to take notes or ask for further details or questions.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of notes per pages - Set the allowed max number of notes per pages/slides.&lt;br /&gt;
# Progress bar - Set the progress bar visibility. Yes gives visual indication of progress through the activity. No hides the bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grade ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade - This the standard Moodle Grade selector of None, Scale, or Point. Point is selected by default with a default Maximum grade set to 100. See [[Grade points]] and [[Advanced grading methods]] for more information on the settings here.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade category - By default, this is set to Uncategorized. To use something else, alternatives must be defined in the course gradebook setup. &lt;br /&gt;
# Grade to pass - This setting determines the minimum grade required to pass. The value is used in activity and course completion, and in the gradebook where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red. Setting a passing grade may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Restrict access]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have passed this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Common module settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability -&lt;br /&gt;
# ID number -&lt;br /&gt;
# Force language -&lt;br /&gt;
# Group mode -&lt;br /&gt;
# Grouping - &lt;br /&gt;
Please note that if you are using group mode then course teachers need to be members of the group in order to receive notifications regarding this activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Restrict access ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Access restriction -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Completion conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
# None -&lt;br /&gt;
# Students must manually mark the activity as done -&lt;br /&gt;
# Add requirements -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tags ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tags -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Competencies ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Course competencies -&lt;br /&gt;
# Upon activity completion -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unlabeled ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Send content change notification - Tick the box to notify course participants about this new or changed activity or resource. Only users who can access the activity or resource will receive the notification.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149064</id>
		<title>Content Pages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149064"/>
		<updated>2024-07-19T19:35:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Unlabeled */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the participant can be located, based on last logged furthermore allow the inclusion of public or private notes, which the participant can provide feedback on the content studied on the page and enjoy and reply comments from other colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin also allows the launch of questions about the content addressed, this provides better interaction between the participant and the virtual learning platform, and the feature may become an evaluation item or launch fractional notes on the items available in the course as defined in the plan of action. The described extension is fully responsive and can be accessed by any device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How is it set up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you like to add the Content Pages to, the from the Add and activity drop down, select Content Pages (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what is expected of them in regards to the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a copyright of up to 255 characters, if you so desire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a default Background image for each page, if you want to be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Appearance ===&lt;br /&gt;
#Background color - Set the default background color of each page using HEX without the #. e.g. E11111 gives a nice red color to any slide/page that does NOT use it&#039;s own Background color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border color - Set the default border color of each page using HEX without the #. This is used for any slide/page that does NOT use it&#039;s own Border color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border width - Set the border width in pixels. Note that the default 1px is practically invisible, so use something thicker if you want the border to stand out. The setting for each page can override this setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of pages - Set the max number of pages/slides per Content Pages activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Show notes area - Set the visibility of the show notes area. Yes, if you want students to be able to post their notes or ask the tutor/teacher for further details. Set to No, if you want to provide information without allowing students to take notes or ask for further details or questions.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of notes per pages - Set the allowed max number of notes per pages/slides.&lt;br /&gt;
# Progress bar - Set the progress bar visibility. Yes gives visual indication of progress through the activity. No hides the bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Grade ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade - This the standard Moodle Grade selector of None, Scale, or Point. Point is selected by default with a default Maximum grade set to 100.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade category - By default, this is set to Uncategorized. To use something else, alternatives must be defined in the course gradebook setup.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade to pass - This setting determines the minimum grade required to pass. The value is used in activity and course completion, and in the gradebook where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Common module settings ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability -&lt;br /&gt;
# ID number -&lt;br /&gt;
# Force language -&lt;br /&gt;
# Group mode -&lt;br /&gt;
# Grouping - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Restrict access ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Access restriction -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Completion conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
# None -&lt;br /&gt;
# Students must manually mark the activity as done -&lt;br /&gt;
# Add requirements -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tags ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tags -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Competencies ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Course competencies -&lt;br /&gt;
# Upon activity completion -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unlabeled ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Send content change notification - Tick the box to notify course participants about this new or changed activity or resource. Only users who can access the activity or resource will receive the notification.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149063</id>
		<title>Content Pages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149063"/>
		<updated>2024-07-19T19:33:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* To use */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the participant can be located, based on last logged furthermore allow the inclusion of public or private notes, which the participant can provide feedback on the content studied on the page and enjoy and reply comments from other colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin also allows the launch of questions about the content addressed, this provides better interaction between the participant and the virtual learning platform, and the feature may become an evaluation item or launch fractional notes on the items available in the course as defined in the plan of action. The described extension is fully responsive and can be accessed by any device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How is it set up? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== General =====&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you like to add the Content Pages to, the from the Add and activity drop down, select Content Pages (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what is expected of them in regards to the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a copyright of up to 255 characters, if you so desire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a default Background image for each page, if you want to be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Appearance =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Background color - Set the default background color of each page using HEX without the #. e.g. E11111 gives a nice red color to any slide/page that does NOT use it&#039;s own Background color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border color - Set the default border color of each page using HEX without the #. This is used for any slide/page that does NOT use it&#039;s own Border color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border width - Set the border width in pixels. Note that the default 1px is practically invisible, so use something thicker if you want the border to stand out. The setting for each page can override this setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of pages - Set the max number of pages/slides per Content Pages activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Show notes area - Set the visibility of the show notes area. Yes, if you want students to be able to post their notes or ask the tutor/teacher for further details. Set to No, if you want to provide information without allowing students to take notes or ask for further details or questions.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of notes per pages - Set the allowed max number of notes per pages/slides.&lt;br /&gt;
# Progress bar - Set the progress bar visibility. Yes gives visual indication of progress through the activity. No hides the bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Grade =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade - This the standard Moodle Grade selector of None, Scale, or Point. Point is selected by default with a default Maximum grade set to 100.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade category - By default, this is set to Uncategorized. To use something else, alternatives must be defined in the course gradebook setup.&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade to pass - This setting determines the minimum grade required to pass. The value is used in activity and course completion, and in the gradebook where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Common module settings =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability -&lt;br /&gt;
# ID number -&lt;br /&gt;
# Force language -&lt;br /&gt;
# Group mode -&lt;br /&gt;
# Grouping - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Restrict access =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Access restriction -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Completion conditions =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# None -&lt;br /&gt;
# Students must manually mark the activity as done -&lt;br /&gt;
# Add requirements -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tags =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Tags -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Competencies =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Course competencies -&lt;br /&gt;
# Upon activity completion -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Unlabeled =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Send content change notification - Tick the box to notify course participants about this new or changed activity or resource. Only users who can access the activity or resource will receive the notification.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149062</id>
		<title>Content Pages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149062"/>
		<updated>2024-07-19T18:44:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* To use */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the participant can be located, based on last logged furthermore allow the inclusion of public or private notes, which the participant can provide feedback on the content studied on the page and enjoy and reply comments from other colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin also allows the launch of questions about the content addressed, this provides better interaction between the participant and the virtual learning platform, and the feature may become an evaluation item or launch fractional notes on the items available in the course as defined in the plan of action. The described extension is fully responsive and can be accessed by any device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== General =====&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you like to add the Content Pages to, the from the Add and activity drop down, select Content Pages (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what is expected of them in regards to the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a copyright of up to 255 characters, if you so desire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a default Background image for each page, if you want to be visible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Appearance =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Background color - Set the default background color of each page using HEX without the #. e.g. E11111 gives a nice red color to any slide/page that does NOT use it&#039;s own Background color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border color - Set the default border color of each page using HEX without the #. This is used for any slide/page that does NOT use it&#039;s own Border color setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Border width - Set the border width in pixels. Note that the default 1px is practically invisible, so use something thicker if you want the border to stand out. The setting for each page can override this setting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of pages - Set the max number of pages/slides per Content Pages activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Show notes area - Set the visibility of the show notes area. Yes, if you want students to be able to post their notes or ask the tutor/teacher for further details. Set to No, if you want to provide information without allowing students to take notes or ask for further details or questions.&lt;br /&gt;
# Maximum number of notes per pages - Set the allowed max number of notes per pages/slides.&lt;br /&gt;
# Progress bar - Set the progress bar visibility. Yes gives visual indication of progress through the activity. No hides the bar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Grade =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade -&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade category -&lt;br /&gt;
# Grade to pass -&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149058</id>
		<title>Content Pages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149058"/>
		<updated>2024-07-17T19:46:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* To use */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the participant can be located, based on last logged furthermore allow the inclusion of public or private notes, which the participant can provide feedback on the content studied on the page and enjoy and reply comments from other colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin also allows the launch of questions about the content addressed, this provides better interaction between the participant and the virtual learning platform, and the feature may become an evaluation item or launch fractional notes on the items available in the course as defined in the plan of action. The described extension is fully responsive and can be accessed by any device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and nvigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you like to add the Content Pages to, the from the Add and activity drop down, select Content Pages (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what is expected of them in regards to the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter a copyright of up to 255 characters, if you so desire.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a default Background image for each page, if you want too.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set the default Background color of each page using HEX without the #. e.g. E11111 gives a nice red color.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149057</id>
		<title>Content Pages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149057"/>
		<updated>2024-07-17T19:28:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: Started developing documentation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the participant can be located, based on last logged furthermore allow the inclusion of public or private notes, which the participant can provide feedback on the content studied on the page and enjoy and reply comments from other colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin also allows the launch of questions about the content addressed, this provides better interaction between the participant and the virtual learning platform, and the feature may become an evaluation item or launch fractional notes on the items available in the course as defined in the plan of action. The described extension is fully responsive and can be accessed by any device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== To use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and nvigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you like to add the Content Pages to, the from the Add and activity drop down, select Content Pages (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what is expected of them in regards to the activity.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Hot_Question&amp;diff=149056</id>
		<title>Hot Question</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Hot_Question&amp;diff=149056"/>
		<updated>2024-07-17T19:28:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: Minor rewording.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Question type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_hotquestion&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_hotquestion/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=158368#p714750&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Hot Question&#039;&#039;&#039; activity is a Moodle plugin that can be used to better understand topics that a group collectively want to know more about. You ask participants to submit questions, or responses to a prompt, for example a recorded lecture, a topical issue, readings, revision class etc. Participants can then submit questions related to that topic, which appear in an ordered list (newest questions appear first). Participants then &#039;rate&#039; other&#039;s questions by clicking a Thumbs Up icon - this gives the question / response heat. The more votes, the hotter the question and the higher up the list it will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means teachers of large classes can address the top (5 or 10?) questions, knowing they are addressing the majority of the class&#039;s concerns. Other questions lower down the list might be discussed with a discussion forum, or summarized by the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the Hot Question to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Hot Question (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name and in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what is expected of them in regards to the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want students to be able to post anonymously and enable this if you do.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want students questions be approved before others can see them and enable this if you do&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set an availability time period with Open time and Close time and enable them if you do&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to control viewing the question by groups and set Group mode if you do&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you to set Activity completion tracking for manual marking complete, or automatic view completion&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add your question in the text area and click Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Post anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
There are not many configuration options for Hot Question, but one is anonymous posting for participants. When enabled, they can chose to hide their identity from other participants.You may find this useful if you are asking students for feedback on complex or difficult to understand subjects or are trying to encourage students who may be worried about posting a &amp;quot;stupid&amp;quot; question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approval required===&lt;br /&gt;
This configuration setting can be very important, depending on the maturity level of the participants. If you think someone might post a totally inappropriate question, set the activity to Approval required = Yes. With this setting, the question  can only be seen by teachers and administrators, until one of them approves the question. Even the person writing the question cannot see it once they click the button to post it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Availability===&lt;br /&gt;
Open time and Close time configurations can be used to limit when participants can post to the activity. If you do not want questions posted before an event, such as a class period, set the Open time to correspond to the start of the class period. Conversely, if you do not want any more questions posted after the end of an event, such as a semester, set the Close time to a suitable date and time. If you want participants to post questions only during a period of time, such as a lecture, set both the Open time and Close times to correspond to the lecture time and duration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
Above the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Previous round - If the teacher has added one or more, new rounds, the student can click this toolbutton to go to any previous round and read the entries there, but cannot post in previous rounds. If there is only ONE round, the Previous round toolbutton has no effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round - If the student is viewing the current round, the Next round toolbutton has no effect. Once a student has used the Previous round toolbutton, the Next round toolbutton becomes active and give the student a pathway back to the current round.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refresh - Especially import during live sessions, the refresh button works just like a browser page reload. It will let students see new questions, teacher priority settings, and heat votes from other students.&lt;br /&gt;
By the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Priority - Students cannot change any Priority. This is set by the teacher, so they can rate questions separately for student heat/votes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat - If a student sees a thumbs up in the Heat column, they can click on it to vote, or add heat to the question. Once they add their vote, they cannot remove their vote. This prevents &amp;quot;buyers remorse&amp;quot; influence from other students. The more heat a question has, the higher it moves up in the list of questions. A user cannot apply heat to their own, named post. However, everyone can apply heat to an anonymous question, even the person who made the post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher and Admin tools===&lt;br /&gt;
Above the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to ccsv - In any Hot Question activity, if a teacher clicks this tool, they can download all the questions and data from the current Hot Question activity. In any Hot Question activity, if an admin user clicks this tool, they can download all the questions and data from ALL Hot Question activities on the whole Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
# Previous round - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
# Open a new round - If a teacher or admin clicks this button, the current round is archived, and a new blank round is started.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove this round - If a teacher or admin clicks this button, they current round, it&#039;s questions&#039; it&#039;s priorities, and it&#039;s heat, are all deleted and a new blank round is started.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refresh - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
By the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Priority - A teacher or admin can set a numerical priority rating for each question. Thumbs up increases the rating and thumbs down, decreases the rating. The rating number can be either positive or negative.&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove - If a teacher or admin clicks this button, the question, it&#039;s priority, and it&#039;s heat, are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Approved - If Approval required is set to Yes, each question can only be seen by a teacher or admin, until one of them clicks the red (not approved) button and it turns to green (approved).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can staff see who voted on questions?==&lt;br /&gt;
This information can be found in that Hot Question&#039;s logs (Navigation block&amp;gt; Reports).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ideas for usage==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the questions and create a  [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tag_cloud Wordle] that will show repeated words in larger text.&lt;br /&gt;
Ask questions on a Lecturecast recording, polling the questions asked and answering them in the next session&lt;br /&gt;
Gather feedback during a session on certain aspects and with students rating the most important&lt;br /&gt;
Establish an open-approach to asking questions, promoting students to considering other people&#039;s questions in lieu of their own&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a Hot Question being used to allow students to ask questions about a video. It is also possible to embed videos into the Hot Question so students can watch it from the same page as the are where they can ask questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Moodle_hot_question.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[StudentQuiz module]] - While Moodle&#039;s Quiz module allows teachers to define quizzes to be answered by students with a variety of question types, StudentQuiz moves one step further allowing students to contribute to the pool of questions related to the course. StudentQuiz can be configured to award points for contribution and participation by students and allows teachers to moderate the question pool by approving or deleting unsuitable or wrong question. StudentQuiz enables students to rate and optionally comment the questions they answered, awarding the creator of the question with additional points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Quiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Pregunta Caliente]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149055</id>
		<title>Content Pages</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Content_Pages&amp;diff=149055"/>
		<updated>2024-07-17T19:21:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: Created page with &amp;quot;The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.  This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the par...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The plugin for Moodle (Content pages), was designed so that from it, tutors, teachers and technicians can add content in courses, following usability and accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool will be responsible for signaling the good practice of adding text, images, multimedia, among others. In it, the content will be distributed in pages, so that the monitoring of the content does not become something exhausting and tiring. The plugin also has a bookmark, so that the participant can be located, based on last logged furthermore allow the inclusion of public or private notes, which the participant can provide feedback on the content studied on the page and enjoy and reply comments from other colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugin also allows the launch of questions about the content addressed, this provides better interaction between the participant and the virtual learning platform, and the feature may become an evaluation item or launch fractional notes on the items available in the course as defined in the plan of action. The described extension is fully responsive and can be accessed by any device.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=148431</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=148431"/>
		<updated>2024-04-24T19:16:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: Updated activity settings explanations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin with a lot of extra capabilities, one such being by date released writing prompts. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by a student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short to long, or multiple, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback can be a simple numerical rating along with text, or autorating info can be added at the push of a button, The use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
In any course, the teacher can add one, or more, Diary activities. If so desired, the teacher can also set up a, Glossary of Common Errors, activity to use for automatic grading when students misuse words that are contained in the glossary. e.g. u instead of you or i instead of I. The amount to penalize for each misuse is in the activity settings. The teacher can also set up penalty points character, word, sentence, or paragraph counts. For each, they can set a minimum count, and a maximum count. The amount of penalty for each category can be set. During the activity setup, the teacher can make Diary act just like the Journal plugin, but honestly, why would you want too?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== General - =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
* Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity. Check the box for, Display description on course page, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Availability =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats, Always open, will be automatically set, and Days available will be hidden. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Open Time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made until the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Close time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made once the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Appearance =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are two settings for the, entry/feedback and text, background colors. This makes it possible to color coordinate with your theme, OR set colors to make it easy to differentiate which Diary you are using.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable statistics - When enabled, all the new statistics will appear below each entry. When not enabled, they are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable titles - Enable, or disable, requiring titles for each entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Send email notifications to teachers - Enable or disable the capability to immediately send email notifications to teachers. i.e Ignore site edit time before emails are sent. This setting and the next one makes it possible for teachers to use a diary activity in a face-to-face or video conference course and provide and receive feedback right away, while the class is still in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
* Send email notifications to students - Enable or disable the capability to immediately send email notifications to students. i.e Ignore site edit time before emails are sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Auto-rating =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Enable automatic rating - When enabled, automatic rating information will appear below each entry. When not enabled, the information is hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Min/Max counts =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Min/Max Counts - Add minimum, maximum, and percentage for characters, words, sentences and paragraphs. If left as a zero, the penalty is not applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Common Errors =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Glossary of errors - Choose the Glossary that contains a list of common errors. Each time one of the errors is found in the essay response, the specified penalty will be deducted from the student&#039;s rating for this entry.&lt;br /&gt;
* Penalty per error - Select the percentage of total rating that should be deducted for each error that is found in the response.&lt;br /&gt;
* Error matching behavior - This setting refines the matching behavior for entries in the Glossary of Common Errors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Ratings =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Roles with permission to rate - Roles with permission to rate are roles with the capability moodle/rating:rate plus any activity-specific rating capabilities. You can give more roles permission to rate via the Page permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
* Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade category - This setting controls the category in which this activity&#039;s grades are placed in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade to pass - This setting determines the minimum grade required to pass. The value is used in activity and course completion, and in the gradebook where pass grades are highlighted in green and fail grades in red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Common module settings =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Availability - You have the choice to show and make the activity available to students on the course page, hide from students and make the activity not available ,on the course page, or make available but not show to students. You will then have to provide a link to the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users. Also, be sure to set, Activity completion, if you are using it for the course.&lt;br /&gt;
* Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, the following standard items are shown directly under the Diary name:&lt;br /&gt;
# Diary - A link that will reload the current diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Settings - A link to the current activity settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Diary writing prompts - A link to the prompt edit page. Teachers and admins can create, edit, and delete prompts on this page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Journal to Diary xfr - Visible to admin only - A capability that lets an admin transfer all the user entries from a Journal to a Diary. Includes options to send the user an email and to also add a note in the Diary feedback regarding the transfer.&lt;br /&gt;
# More&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking the More options will show the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
=== Writing Prompt Editor ===&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking the, Diary writing prompts, will take teachers and admins to the, Writing Prompt Editor. On the first visit, the table of prompts should be empty and showing, &#039;&#039;Currently, there are, 0 prompts for this Diary activity&#039;&#039;. When visiting this page, by default the editor is always set up to edit the most recent, or last prompt. In this case, because there are no prompts yet, it is set up to let you enter your first prompt so there are going to be some variable names in view simply because there is no data for them to display yet.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set date to start using prompt ID {$a} - Each time you create a prompt, you must define the time it will go into effect. By default, it is set to the current time of when you entered the prompt editor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set date to stop using prompt ID {$a} - Each time you create a prompt, you must define the time it will cease to be in effect. By default, it is set to the current time of when you entered the prompt editor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your writing prompt - In plain text, tell your students what they have to write about. You can create a template for guidance in the activity description or in a prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
# Background color for this prompt - Due to the possibility of having many different prompts, a background color can be added to make each different prompt stand out from the others. Enter as a Hex number or as a standard web color name. e.g. red, pink, yellow, lightblue, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character count minimum - If set to zero, no penalty is applied, but for any positive integer, if the student writes fewer than that, the difference is used to calculate a possible penalty to subtract from the maximum score for the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character count maximum - If set to zero, no penalty is applied, but for any positive integer, if the student writes more than that, the difference is used to calculate a possible penalty to subtract from the maximum score for the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character penalty per Min/Max count error - If set to zero, the Min and Max settings do not matter. However, if either one is a positive integer, and the student does not meet that setting requirement, this percentage is applied in calculating the possible penalty.&lt;br /&gt;
# Word, Sentence, and Paragraph counts, work the same as they do for character count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save changes - Any changes you have made in the prompt editor, get saved to the current prompt. If it is the first prompt, then a new prompt is created. The page will automatically be reloaded with your new prompt in the prompt table list, and also in the editor. Notice that the list column of the prompt table, Edit, for each prompt it shows an edit and a delete icon. &#039;&#039;NOTE: Once a prompt has been used for a rating, it cannot be deleted!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Cancel lets you, back out of the prompt editor without saving anything, and gracefully go back to the normal view page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create new prompt - Adds a new empty prompt to the prompt table and presents you with an empty editor, ready for you to type a new prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
# Return to XXX - XXX will be replaced with the current diary name. The button is a link back to the normal diary view page. It allows you to go back without making any changes to the prompts.&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the first entry, there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the first entry there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, especially on a development site, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=148429</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=148429"/>
		<updated>2024-04-24T17:29:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Purpose */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin with a lot of extra capabilities, one such being by date released writing prompts. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by a student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short to long, or multiple, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback can be a simple numerical rating along with text, or autorating info can be added at the push of a button, The use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity. Check the box for, Display description on course page, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats, Always open, will be automatically set, and Days available will be hidden. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Open Time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made until the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Close time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made once the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - There are two settings for the, entry/feedback and text, background colors. This makes it possible to color coordinate with your theme, OR set colors to make it easy to differentiate which Diary you are using.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - Enable statistics - When enabled, all the new statistics will appear below each entry. When not enabled, they are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Enable automatic rating - When enabled, automatic rating information will appear below each entry. When not enabled, the information is hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Min/Max Counts - Add minimum, maximum, and percentage for characters, words, sentences and paragraphs. If left as a zero, the penalty is not applied.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users. Also, be sure to set, Activity completion, if you are using it for the course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, the following standard items are shown directly under the Diary name:&lt;br /&gt;
# Diary - A link that will reload the current diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Settings - A link to the current activity settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Diary writing prompts - A link to the prompt edit page. Teachers and admins can create, edit, and delete prompts on this page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Journal to Diary xfr - Visible to admin only - A capability that lets an admin transfer all the user entries from a Journal to a Diary. Includes options to send the user an email and to also add a note in the Diary feedback regarding the transfer.&lt;br /&gt;
# More&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking the More options will show the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
=== Writing Prompt Editor ===&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking the, Diary writing prompts, will take teachers and admins to the, Writing Prompt Editor. On the first visit, the table of prompts should be empty and showing, &#039;&#039;Currently, there are, 0 prompts for this Diary activity&#039;&#039;. When visiting this page, by default the editor is always set up to edit the most recent, or last prompt. In this case, because there are no prompts yet, it is set up to let you enter your first prompt so there are going to be some variable names in view simply because there is no data for them to display yet.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set date to start using prompt ID {$a} - Each time you create a prompt, you must define the time it will go into effect. By default, it is set to the current time of when you entered the prompt editor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set date to stop using prompt ID {$a} - Each time you create a prompt, you must define the time it will cease to be in effect. By default, it is set to the current time of when you entered the prompt editor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your writing prompt - In plain text, tell your students what they have to write about. You can create a template for guidance in the activity description or in a prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
# Background color for this prompt - Due to the possibility of having many different prompts, a background color can be added to make each different prompt stand out from the others. Enter as a Hex number or as a standard web color name. e.g. red, pink, yellow, lightblue, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character count minimum - If set to zero, no penalty is applied, but for any positive integer, if the student writes fewer than that, the difference is used to calculate a possible penalty to subtract from the maximum score for the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character count maximum - If set to zero, no penalty is applied, but for any positive integer, if the student writes more than that, the difference is used to calculate a possible penalty to subtract from the maximum score for the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character penalty per Min/Max count error - If set to zero, the Min and Max settings do not matter. However, if either one is a positive integer, and the student does not meet that setting requirement, this percentage is applied in calculating the possible penalty.&lt;br /&gt;
# Word, Sentence, and Paragraph counts, work the same as they do for character count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save changes - Any changes you have made in the prompt editor, get saved to the current prompt. If it is the first prompt, then a new prompt is created. The page will automatically be reloaded with your new prompt in the prompt table list, and also in the editor. Notice that the list column of the prompt table, Edit, for each prompt it shows an edit and a delete icon. &#039;&#039;NOTE: Once a prompt has been used for a rating, it cannot be deleted!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Cancel lets you, back out of the prompt editor without saving anything, and gracefully go back to the normal view page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create new prompt - Adds a new empty prompt to the prompt table and presents you with an empty editor, ready for you to type a new prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
# Return to XXX - XXX will be replaced with the current diary name. The button is a link back to the normal diary view page. It allows you to go back without making any changes to the prompts.&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the first entry, there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the first entry there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, especially on a development site, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Git_for_Administrators&amp;diff=146309</id>
		<title>Git for Administrators</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Git_for_Administrators&amp;diff=146309"/>
		<updated>2023-06-11T14:46:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Obtaining the code from Git */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Installing Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Update}}&lt;br /&gt;
This page describes how to maintain a copy of Moodle on your production server which can easily be upgraded using Git. If you have customisations of Moodle core code, you are advised to follow the instructions in the [[:dev:Git for developers|Git for developers guide]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the most of Git it is worth making the effort to understand its basic concepts - see the section below. It can be a bit of a steep learning curve, especially if you are used to CVS or Subversion. &lt;br /&gt;
== Getting hold of Git (Windows, OSX, Linux and others) ==&lt;br /&gt;
Support for Git was, up until recently, mostly confined to Linux but builds are now available for most popular operating systems:&lt;br /&gt;
* List of downloads from Git site - http://git-scm.com/download&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have downloaded and installed your OS relevant git installation, the git commands in this document should work with your operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
== Moodle branch names ==&lt;br /&gt;
Major Moodle versions each have their own branch in Git. For example, MOODLE_402_STABLE (4.2), MOODLE_311_STABLE (3.11). Development is generally done on branch &#039;master&#039;. The entire lifetime of that version will stay on that branch. Each release is designated by adding a Git &#039;tag&#039;, for example v3.9.0-beta, v3.9.0-rc1, v3.9.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important&#039;&#039;&#039;: Even though the branch name has &#039;STABLE&#039; in it, it does not mean that the code on that branch is actually stable. Soon after the branch is made it will contain &#039;beta&#039; and &#039;release candidate&#039; versions of the new Moodle version. It&#039;s important to check that the current state of the branch meets your needs. Generally, the easiest way is to examine the current contents of version.php - substitute the branch in this url, https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/MOODLE_39_STABLE/version.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not use alpha, beta, release-candidates or code from the master branch for production sites. It could have significant bugs.&lt;br /&gt;
== Obtaining the code from Git ==&lt;br /&gt;
The command line version of Git is discussed here. Graphical clients are little more than wrappers around the command line version, so you should be able to deduce the correct parameters quite easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find the official Moodle git repository at git://git.moodle.org/moodle.git (with an official clone at git://github.com/moodle/moodle.git). To initialize your local checkout, use&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd /path/to/your/webroot&lt;br /&gt;
$ git clone git://git.moodle.org/moodle.git                       (1)&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd moodle&lt;br /&gt;
$ git branch -a                                                   (2)&lt;br /&gt;
$ git branch --track MOODLE_402_STABLE origin/MOODLE_402_STABLE     (3)&lt;br /&gt;
$ git checkout MOODLE_402_STABLE                                   (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The command (1) initializes the new local repository as a clone of the &#039;upstream&#039; (i.e. the remote server based) moodle.git repository. The upstream repository is called &#039;origin&#039; by default. It creates a new directory named &#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;, where it downloads all the files. This operation can take a while as it is actually getting the entire history of all Moodle versions&lt;br /&gt;
* The command (2) lists all available branches.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the command (3) to create a new local branch called MOODLE_402_STABLE and set it to track the remote branch MOODLE_402_STABLE from the upstream repository.&lt;br /&gt;
* The command (4) actually switches to the newly created local branch. &lt;br /&gt;
==Git Connection Refused Error==&lt;br /&gt;
*If connection refused, use: $ git clone https://github.com/moodle/moodle.git&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;fatal: unable to connect to git.moodle.org:&lt;br /&gt;
git.moodle.org[0: 34.210.133.53]: errno=Connection refused&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that Git has a huge number of options for each command and it&#039;s actually possible to do the above process with a single command (left as an exercise!!).&lt;br /&gt;
==Git from behind a firewall==&lt;br /&gt;
Git uses a read-only protocol that may be blocked by your firewall (port 9418). If this is a problem, you can use GitHub&#039;s http version &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/moodle/moodle.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;. It&#039;s a bit slower, so use the Git protocol if you can.&lt;br /&gt;
== Updating your installation with minor releases ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle development team performs integration and testing of fixed bugs every Monday and Tuesday. On Wednesday you can install all patches by updating your code. Check the [http://git.moodle.org/gw?p=moodle.git;a=summary shortlog] to see if the official repository has been already updated or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update your code to the latest version (on the MOODLE_401_STABLE branch) &#039;&#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039;&#039; you have to do is:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd /path/to/your/moodle/&lt;br /&gt;
$ git pull&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If this is a production site you should still consider the [[Upgrade]] instructions (e.g. take backups).&lt;br /&gt;
== Upgrading to a newer major release ==&lt;br /&gt;
When you want to upgrade to a newer major release, you will need to tell your git installation to track the newer release instead of the release that you currently have installed and are tracking.&lt;br /&gt;
You should ensure that you have updated your installation with the latest minor release of your currently installed Moodle version first (as described in the section above). This will also download the changes for newer Moodle versions (but not yet make use of them).&lt;br /&gt;
You should put your site into maintenance mode, or disable the website, before starting the upgrade.&amp;lt;syntaxhighlight lang=&amp;quot;shell&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
cd /path/to/your/moodle/folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Check which branch you are currently tracking&lt;br /&gt;
git branch -a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make a local branch for the newer release from the remote repo&lt;br /&gt;
git branch --track MOODLE_402_STABLE origin/MOODLE_402_STABLE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Switch to track this branch&lt;br /&gt;
git checkout MOODLE_402_STABLE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/syntaxhighlight&amp;gt;Your website folder now includes the files for the newer Moodle version, but to complete the Moodle upgrade, you will either need to [[Upgrading|complete the upgrade via the web browser]], or [[Administration via command line|use the command line upgrade script]].&lt;br /&gt;
== Installing a contributed extension from its Git repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is one way to handle adding plugins from other Git repositories into your Moodle repository. Another way is to use Git Submodules. However, at the time of writing, this is one of Git&#039;s rougher features and should be regarded as an advanced option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, let us say we want to install the [[Certificate module]] from its Git repository into our Moodle {{Version}}.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd /path/to/your/moodle/&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd mod                                                          (1)&lt;br /&gt;
$ git clone https://github.com/markn86/moodle-mod_certificate.git certificate     (2)&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd certificate&lt;br /&gt;
$ git checkout -b MOODLE_402_STABLE origin/MOODLE_402_STABLE        (3)&lt;br /&gt;
$ git branch -d master                                            (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The command (1) changes the current directory into the &#039;&#039;mod&#039;&#039; folder of your local Moodle clone. The command (2) creates a new subdirectory &#039;&#039;certificate&#039;&#039; and makes a local clone of vanilla Certificate repository. The command (3) creates a new local branch that will track the remote branch with a Certificate version for Moodle {{Version}}. The command (4) deletes the &#039;&#039;master&#039;&#039; that was created automatically by git-clone in (2) as we do not want it in this production checkout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: you should check first the compatibility of a module with your Moodle branch by asking directly to the Maintainer before cloning the repo or - if you want to guess it - by issuing the command below before running the command (3), in order to verify what is available among the branches:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ git branch -a&lt;br /&gt;
* master&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/HEAD -&amp;gt; origin/master&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_400_STABLE&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_401_STABLE&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_402_STABLE&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/master&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This will avoid an error message when you issue the command (3) against a nonexistent branch, e.g.:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
§ git checkout -b MOODLE_402_STABLE origin/MOODLE_402_STABLE&lt;br /&gt;
fatal: git checkout: updating paths is incompatible with switching branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Did you intend to checkout &#039;origin/MOODLE_402_STABLE&#039; which can not be resolved as commit?&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 Note: To fix above error, use: &amp;quot;git fetch origin MOODLE_402_STABLE:LOCAL_MOODLE_402_STABLE&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Now it is wise to add the new directory mod/certificate/ to the list of ignored files of the main Moodle clone, otherwise a status of the main clone will keep reminding you that the new code has not been checked in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd /path/to/your/moodle/&lt;br /&gt;
$ echo /mod/certificate/ &amp;gt;&amp;gt; .git/info/exclude&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To update your Moodle installation now, you must visit both Git repositories and pull changes from upstream.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd /path/to/your/moodle/&lt;br /&gt;
$ git pull&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd mod/certificate&lt;br /&gt;
$ git pull&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Writing a shell script with these lines in the root of Moodle installation is a very good idea. Otherwise it is easy to forget what Git repositories are there within the main Moodle repository.&lt;br /&gt;
== Installing and maintaining contributed extensions using Git submodules ==&lt;br /&gt;
As it was said in the previous section, this is for advanced users only.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is necessary, that you have some experience with Git and its commands.&lt;br /&gt;
A step-by-step explanation will be provided, but in order to follow these steps it is helpful to understand, what these commands do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced options and commands can be found at [https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules|the Git book].&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any questions about Git submodules, please visit the site above first.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing a new extension into an existing Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
As an example we use the [[Certificate module]] from the previous section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd /path/to/your/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
$ git submodule add https://github.com/markn86/moodle-mod_certificate.git mod/certificate&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note, that Git is reporting two new files in the repository:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ git status&lt;br /&gt;
# On branch MOODLE_402_STABLE&lt;br /&gt;
# Changes to be committed:&lt;br /&gt;
#   (use &amp;quot;git reset HEAD &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;...&amp;quot; to unstage)&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#	new file:   .gitmodules&lt;br /&gt;
#	new file:   mod/certificate&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The file &#039;&#039;&#039;.gitmodules&#039;&#039;&#039; contains the local path and url of all your submodules.&lt;br /&gt;
It has to be committed, if you intend to clone the repository later (see the page [[Moodle development environment with Git submodules]]).&lt;br /&gt;
Before committing, make sure to check the configuration of the plugin&#039;s Git repository, since the automatically generated settings may be not sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
For future updates it is helpful, to track the remote branch, which corresponds to the Moodle version of your repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd mod/certificate&lt;br /&gt;
$ git branch -avv&lt;br /&gt;
* master                          345f5b1 [origin/master] Replaced deprecated function&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/HEAD             -&amp;gt; origin/master&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_20_STABLE 1aa1040 Added option to print &#039;grade category&#039; grade&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_21_STABLE 1aa1040 Added option to print &#039;grade category&#039; grade&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_22_STABLE 1aa1040 Added option to print &#039;grade category&#039; grade&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_23_STABLE fe047de Check that the function exists rather than relying on the Moodle version&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_24_STABLE 1051f7d CONTRIB-4892 Fixed the email to others functionality&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_25_STABLE cdb221a CONTRIB-4946: Removed character from language file breaking AMOS&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_26_STABLE 696802a Increased version&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_27_STABLE d3c0379 Increased version&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_28_STABLE fa8df83 Increased version&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/MOODLE_29_STABLE 3f03740 Replaced deprecated function&lt;br /&gt;
  remotes/origin/master           345f5b1 Replaced deprecated function&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Git created the branch &#039;&#039;&#039;master&#039;&#039;&#039; which tracks &#039;&#039;&#039;origin/master&#039;&#039;&#039; automatically, because the remote repository has checked out &#039;&#039;&#039;master&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, create a new branch, which tracks the appropriate remote branch.&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, this is only possible, if the remote repository offers those branches. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ git checkout -b MOODLE_29_STABLE origin/MOODLE_29_STABLE&lt;br /&gt;
Branch MOODLE_29_STABLE set up to track remote branch MOODLE_29_STABLE from origin.&lt;br /&gt;
Switched to a new branch &#039;MOODLE_29_STABLE&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
$ git branch -D master&lt;br /&gt;
Deleted branch master (was 345f5b1).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is not necessary to delete the &#039;&#039;&#039;master&#039;&#039;&#039; branch, but it&#039;s useless to keep it.&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, these settings don&#039;t need to be touched afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final step is to commit the changes to the main repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd /path/to/your/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
$ git commit -a -m &amp;quot;New extension mod_certificate installed&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It has to be ensured, that the commit includes only the changes for the new Git submodule (since &#039;&#039;&#039;-a&#039;&#039;&#039; commits all non-staged changes).&lt;br /&gt;
=== Maintaining Git submodules ===&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining a set of submodules is extremely easy.&lt;br /&gt;
Consider a Moodle repository with several submodules installed.&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind, that the extension &#039;&#039;&#039;mod_mylittleextension&#039;&#039;&#039; is a fake plugin, created for a test scenario in this example.&lt;br /&gt;
It is not an official Moodle module. For updating all your submodules at once, type in:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ cd /path/to/your/moodle&lt;br /&gt;
$ git submodule foreach git pull&lt;br /&gt;
Entering &#039;block/coursefeedback&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Already up-to-date.&lt;br /&gt;
Entering &#039;mod/certificate&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Already up-to-date.&lt;br /&gt;
Entering &#039;mod/mylittleextension&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
remote: Counting objects: 6, done.&lt;br /&gt;
remote: Compressing objects: 100% (4/4), done.&lt;br /&gt;
remote: Total 4 (delta 0), reused 0 (delta 0)&lt;br /&gt;
Unpacking objects: 100% (4/4), done.&lt;br /&gt;
From /local/repositories/mle&lt;br /&gt;
   89d9eae..64c122d  master     -&amp;gt; origin/master&lt;br /&gt;
Updating 89d9eae..64c122d&lt;br /&gt;
Fast-forward&lt;br /&gt;
 index.html  |    9 +++++++++&lt;br /&gt;
 version.php |    6 +++---&lt;br /&gt;
 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)&lt;br /&gt;
 create mode 100644 index.html&lt;br /&gt;
$ git status&lt;br /&gt;
# On branch MOODLE_29_STABLE&lt;br /&gt;
# Changes not staged for commit:&lt;br /&gt;
#   (use &amp;quot;git add &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;...&amp;quot; to update what will be committed)&lt;br /&gt;
#   (use &amp;quot;git checkout -- &amp;lt;file&amp;gt;...&amp;quot; to discard changes in working directory)&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#	modified:   mod/mylittleextension (new commits)&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The command &#039;&#039;&#039;git submodule foreach [another command]&#039;&#039;&#039; walks through all submodule repositiories and executes what is specified by &#039;&#039;&#039;[another command]&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case it is &#039;&#039;&#039;git pull&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the module mylittleextension was updated and the main repository isn&#039;t clean anymore until changes are committed:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
$ git commit -a -m &amp;quot;Plugin updates&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Maintaining plugins with Git submodules has also another application than simplifying the update process.&lt;br /&gt;
In a greater scale it can be used to maintain a Moodle project, where multiple developers need to have an exact copy of your moodle without organizing external plugins manually.&lt;br /&gt;
You can read more about this topic at the page [[Moodle development environment with Git submodules]].&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Windows installation using Git]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Git for Mac]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:dev:Moodle versions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For fixing a Tracker Issue (MDL) / Forking Moodle / CONTRIButing code [[:dev:User:Sam Hemelryk/My Moodle Git workflow|User:Sam_Hemelryk/My_Moodle_Git_workflow]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Moodle Production Server with GIT|Case study Git + Moodle from Technical University Berlin]]&lt;br /&gt;
; Moodle forum discussions&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=255175 Github and Moodle deployment for production]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=168094 GIT help needed]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=231046 Clear git guide for Admins (not developers)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=393756 Best way to use Git]&lt;br /&gt;
; External resources &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://thamblings.blogspot.com.au/2013/07/upgrading-moodle-from-git.html Deploying Moodle from git - Blog post from a production experience]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gitref.org/ Git Reference]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://progit.org/book/ Pro Git book]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:管理者用Git]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Git pour administrateurs]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Git para Administradores]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[en:Git für Administratoren]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=145068</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=145068"/>
		<updated>2022-11-24T16:24:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Teacher tools */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by a student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback can be a simple numerical rating along with text, or autorating info can be added at the push of a button, The use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity. Check the box for, Display description on course page, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats, Always open, will be automatically set, and Days available will be hidden. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Open Time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made until the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Close time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made once the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - There are two settings for the, entry/feedback and text, background colors. This makes it possible to color coordinate with your theme, OR set colors to make it easy to differentiate which Diary you are using.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - Enable statistics - When enabled, all the new statistics will appear below each entry. When not enabled, they are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Enable automatic rating - When enabled, automatic rating information will appear below each entry. When not enabled, the information is hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Min/Max Counts - Add minimum, maximum, and percentage for characters, words, sentences and paragraphs. If left as a zero, the penalty is not applied.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users. Also, be sure to set, Activity completion, if you are using it for the course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, the following standard items are shown directly under the Diary name:&lt;br /&gt;
# Diary - A link that will reload the current diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Settings - A link to the current activity settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Diary writing prompts - A link to the prompt edit page. Teachers and admins can create, edit, and delete prompts on this page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Journal to Diary xfr - Visible to admin only - A capability that lets an admin transfer all the user entries from a Journal to a Diary. Includes options to send the user an email and to also add a note in the Diary feedback regarding the transfer.&lt;br /&gt;
# More&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking the More options will show the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
=== Writing Prompt Editor ===&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking the, Diary writing prompts, will take teachers and admins to the, Writing Prompt Editor. On the first visit, the table of prompts should be empty and showing, &#039;&#039;Currently, there are, 0 prompts for this Diary activity&#039;&#039;. When visiting this page, by default the editor is always set up to edit the most recent, or last prompt. In this case, because there are no prompts yet, it is set up to let you enter your first prompt so there are going to be some variable names in view simply because there is no data for them to display yet.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set date to start using prompt ID {$a} - Each time you create a prompt, you must define the time it will go into effect. By default, it is set to the current time of when you entered the prompt editor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set date to stop using prompt ID {$a} - Each time you create a prompt, you must define the time it will cease to be in effect. By default, it is set to the current time of when you entered the prompt editor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your writing prompt - In plain text, tell your students what they have to write about.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character count minimum - If set to zero, no penalty is applied, but for any positive integer, if the student writes fewer than that, the difference is used to calculate a possible penalty to subtract from the maximum score for the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character count maximum - If set to zero, no penalty is applied, but for any positive integer, if the student writes more than that, the difference is used to calculate a possible penalty to subtract from the maximum score for the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character penalty per Min/Max count error - If set to zero, the Min and Max settings do not matter. However, if either one is a positive integer, and the student does not meet that setting requirement, this percentage is applied in calculating the possible penalty.&lt;br /&gt;
# Word, Sentence, and Paragraph counts, work the same as they do for character count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save changes - Any changes you have made in the prompt editor, get saved to the current prompt. If it is the first prompt, then a new prompt is created. The page will automatically be reloaded with your new prompt in the prompt table list, and also in the editor. Notice that the list column of the prompt table, Edit, for each prompt it shows an edit and a delete icon. &#039;&#039;NOTE: Once a prompt has been used for a rating, it cannot be deleted!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Cancel lets you, back out of the prompt editor without saving anything, and gracefully go back to the normal view page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create new prompt - Adds a new empty prompt to the prompt table and presents you with an empty editor, ready for you to type a new prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
# Return to XXX - XXX will be replaced with the current diary name. The button is a link back to the normal diary view page. It allows you to go back without making any changes to the prompts.&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the first entry, there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the first entry there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, especially on a development site, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=145067</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=145067"/>
		<updated>2022-11-24T16:23:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Activity tools */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by a student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback can be a simple numerical rating along with text, or autorating info can be added at the push of a button, The use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity. Check the box for, Display description on course page, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats, Always open, will be automatically set, and Days available will be hidden. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Open Time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made until the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Close time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made once the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - There are two settings for the, entry/feedback and text, background colors. This makes it possible to color coordinate with your theme, OR set colors to make it easy to differentiate which Diary you are using.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - Enable statistics - When enabled, all the new statistics will appear below each entry. When not enabled, they are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Enable automatic rating - When enabled, automatic rating information will appear below each entry. When not enabled, the information is hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Min/Max Counts - Add minimum, maximum, and percentage for characters, words, sentences and paragraphs. If left as a zero, the penalty is not applied.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users. Also, be sure to set, Activity completion, if you are using it for the course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, the following standard items are shown directly under the Diary name:&lt;br /&gt;
# Diary - A link that will reload the current diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Settings - A link to the current activity settings page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Diary writing prompts - A link to the prompt edit page. Teachers and admins can create, edit, and delete prompts on this page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Journal to Diary xfr - Visible to admin only - A capability that lets an admin transfer all the user entries from a Journal to a Diary. Includes options to send the user an email and to also add a note in the Diary feedback regarding the transfer.&lt;br /&gt;
# More&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking the More options will show the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Writing Prompt Editor ===&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking the, Diary writing prompts, will take teachers and admins to the, Writing Prompt Editor. On the first visit, the table of prompts should be empty and showing, &#039;&#039;Currently, there are, 0 prompts for this Diary activity&#039;&#039;. When visiting this page, by default the editor is always set up to edit the most recent, or last prompt. In this case, because there are no prompts yet, it is set up to let you enter your first prompt so there are going to be some variable names in view simply because there is no data for them to display yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Set date to start using prompt ID {$a} - Each time you create a prompt, you must define the time it will go into effect. By default, it is set to the current time of when you entered the prompt editor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Set date to stop using prompt ID {$a} - Each time you create a prompt, you must define the time it will cease to be in effect. By default, it is set to the current time of when you entered the prompt editor.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your writing prompt - In plain text, tell your students what they have to write about.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character count minimum - If set to zero, no penalty is applied, but for any positive integer, if the student writes fewer than that, the difference is used to calculate a possible penalty to subtract from the maximum score for the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character count maximum - If set to zero, no penalty is applied, but for any positive integer, if the student writes more than that, the difference is used to calculate a possible penalty to subtract from the maximum score for the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Character penalty per Min/Max count error - If set to zero, the Min and Max settings do not matter. However, if either one is a positive integer, and the student does not meet that setting requirement, this percentage is applied in calculating the possible penalty.&lt;br /&gt;
# Word, Sentence, and Paragraph counts, work the same as they do for character count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Save changes - Any changes you have made in the prompt editor, get saved to the current prompt. If it is the first prompt, then a new prompt is created. The page will automatically be reloaded with your new prompt in the prompt table list, and also in the editor. Notice that the list column of the prompt table, Edit, for each prompt it shows an edit and a delete icon. &#039;&#039;NOTE: Once a prompt has been used for a rating, it cannot be deleted!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Cancel lets you, back out of the prompt editor without saving anything, and gracefully go back to the normal view page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create new prompt - Adds a new empty prompt to the prompt table and presents you with an empty editor, ready for you to type a new prompt.&lt;br /&gt;
# Return to XXX - XXX will be replaced with the current diary name. The button is a link back to the normal diary view page. It allows you to go back without making any changes to the prompts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the first entry, there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above all the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, especially on a development site, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=145064</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=145064"/>
		<updated>2022-11-24T15:07:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Activity Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by a student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback can be a simple numerical rating along with text, or autorating info can be added at the push of a button, The use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity. Check the box for, Display description on course page, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats, Always open, will be automatically set, and Days available will be hidden. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Open Time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made until the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Close time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made once the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - There are two settings for the, entry/feedback and text, background colors. This makes it possible to color coordinate with your theme, OR set colors to make it easy to differentiate which Diary you are using.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - Enable statistics - When enabled, all the new statistics will appear below each entry. When not enabled, they are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Enable automatic rating - When enabled, automatic rating information will appear below each entry. When not enabled, the information is hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Min/Max Counts - Add minimum, maximum, and percentage for characters, words, sentences and paragraphs. If left as a zero, the penalty is not applied.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users. Also, be sure to set, Activity completion, if you are using it for the course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, clicking the edit cog gives access to the following standard items:&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Locally assigned roles&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Check permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Competency breakdown&lt;br /&gt;
# Logs&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
# Journal to Diary xfr - A new capability that lets an admin transfer all the user entries from a Journal to a Diary. Includes options to send the user an email and to also add a note in the Diary feedback regarding the transfer.&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above all the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, especially on a development site, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=144144</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=144144"/>
		<updated>2022-08-30T14:31:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Purpose */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by a student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback can be a simple numerical rating along with text, or autorating info can be added at the push of a button, The use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity. Check the box for, Display description on course page, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats, Always open, will be automatically set, and Days available will be hidden. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Open Time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made until the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Close time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made once the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - There are two settings for the, entry/feedback and text, background colors. This makes it possible to color coordinate with your theme, OR set colors to make it easy to differentiate which Diary you are using.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - Enable statistics - When enabled, all the new statistics will appear below each entry. When not enabled, they are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Enable automatic rating - When enabled, automatic rating information will appear below each entry. When not enabled, the information is hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Types of countable items - For the automatic rating, you can select, None, Characters, Words, Sentences, or Paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Expected number of items - For the automatic rating, you can select the minimum number of countable items to achieve the maximum rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Penalty per item - Select the percentage of total rating to deduct for each missing countable item.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, clicking the edit cog gives access to the following standard items:&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Locally assigned roles&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Check permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Competency breakdown&lt;br /&gt;
# Logs&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
# Journal to Diary xfr - A new capability that lets an admin transfer all the user entries from a Journal to a Diary. Includes options to send the user an email and to also add a note in the Diary feedback regarding the transfer.&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above all the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, especially on a development site, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=144143</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=144143"/>
		<updated>2022-08-30T14:26:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by a student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity. Check the box for, Display description on course page, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats, Always open, will be automatically set, and Days available will be hidden. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Open Time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made until the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Close time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made once the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - There are two settings for the, entry/feedback and text, background colors. This makes it possible to color coordinate with your theme, OR set colors to make it easy to differentiate which Diary you are using.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - Enable statistics - When enabled, all the new statistics will appear below each entry. When not enabled, they are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Enable automatic rating - When enabled, automatic rating information will appear below each entry. When not enabled, the information is hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Types of countable items - For the automatic rating, you can select, None, Characters, Words, Sentences, or Paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Expected number of items - For the automatic rating, you can select the minimum number of countable items to achieve the maximum rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Penalty per item - Select the percentage of total rating to deduct for each missing countable item.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, clicking the edit cog gives access to the following standard items:&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Locally assigned roles&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Check permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Competency breakdown&lt;br /&gt;
# Logs&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
# Journal to Diary xfr - A new capability that lets an admin transfer all the user entries from a Journal to a Diary. Includes options to send the user an email and to also add a note in the Diary feedback regarding the transfer.&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above all the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=142887</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=142887"/>
		<updated>2022-01-24T19:02:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Activity tools */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity. Check the box for, Display description on course page, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats, Always open, will be automatically set, and Days available will be hidden. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Open Time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made until the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Close time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made once the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - There are two settings for the, entry/feedback and text, background colors. This makes it possible to color coordinate with your theme, OR set colors to make it easy to differentiate which Diary you are using.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - Enable statistics - When enabled, all the new statistics will appear below each entry. When not enabled, they are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Enable automatic rating - When enabled, automatic rating information will appear below each entry. When not enabled, the information is hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Types of countable items - For the automatic rating, you can select, None, Characters, Words, Sentences, or Paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Expected number of items - For the automatic rating, you can select the minimum number of countable items to achieve the maximum rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Penalty per item - Select the percentage of total rating to deduct for each missing countable item.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, clicking the edit cog gives access to the following standard items:&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Locally assigned roles&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Check permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Competency breakdown&lt;br /&gt;
# Logs&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
# Journal to Diary xfr - A new capability that lets an admin transfer all the user entries from a Journal to a Diary. Includes options to send the user an email and to also add a note in the Diary feedback regarding the transfer.&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above all the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=142886</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=142886"/>
		<updated>2022-01-24T18:57:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Activity tools */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity. Check the box for, Display description on course page, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats, Always open, will be automatically set, and Days available will be hidden. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Open Time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made until the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Close time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made once the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - There are two settings for the, entry/feedback and text, background colors. This makes it possible to color coordinate with your theme, OR set colors to make it easy to differentiate which Diary you are using.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - Enable statistics - When enabled, all the new statistics will appear below each entry. When not enabled, they are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Enable automatic rating - When enabled, automatic rating information will appear below each entry. When not enabled, the information is hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Types of countable items - For the automatic rating, you can select, None, Characters, Words, Sentences, or Paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Expected number of items - For the automatic rating, you can select the minimum number of countable items to achieve the maximum rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Penalty per item - Select the percentage of total rating to deduct for each missing countable item.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, clicking the edit cog gives access to the following standard items:&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Locally assigned roles&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Check permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Competency breakdown&lt;br /&gt;
# Logs&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
# Journal to Diary xfr&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above all the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=142885</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=142885"/>
		<updated>2022-01-24T18:55:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Activity Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity. Check the box for, Display description on course page, if desired.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats, Always open, will be automatically set, and Days available will be hidden. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Open Time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made until the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Close time - When enabled, a date and time can be set and no entries can be made once the date and time have passed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - There are two settings for the, entry/feedback and text, background colors. This makes it possible to color coordinate with your theme, OR set colors to make it easy to differentiate which Diary you are using.&lt;br /&gt;
# Appearance - Enable statistics - When enabled, all the new statistics will appear below each entry. When not enabled, they are hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Enable automatic rating - When enabled, automatic rating information will appear below each entry. When not enabled, the information is hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Types of countable items - For the automatic rating, you can select, None, Characters, Words, Sentences, or Paragraphs.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Expected number of items - For the automatic rating, you can select the minimum number of countable items to achieve the maximum rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Auto-rating - Penalty per item - Select the percentage of total rating to deduct for each missing countable item.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, clicking the edit cog gives access to the following standard items:&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Locally assigned roles&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Check permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Competency breakdown&lt;br /&gt;
# Logs&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above all the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=142787</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=142787"/>
		<updated>2022-01-13T15:08:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Activity Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity, such as, Daily Notes, or, Weekly Essay.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats use, Always open. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When, disabled, the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, clicking the edit cog gives access to the following standard items:&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Locally assigned roles&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Check permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Competency breakdown&lt;br /&gt;
# Logs&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above all the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=142423</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=142423"/>
		<updated>2021-10-27T17:59:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Setup a site wide Diary */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats use, Always open. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When disabled the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, clicking the edit cog gives access to the following standard items:&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Locally assigned roles&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Check permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Competency breakdown&lt;br /&gt;
# Logs&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above all the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use without ratings, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site. The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Locally assigned roles, to Student (student). With the role set this way, users can see all of their own entries and only an admin will be able to look at every entry for everyone. If you feel you need to, you can also add users with the manager and teacher roles.&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Locally assigned roles, add everyone, except the admin, as a student.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=140641</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=140641"/>
		<updated>2021-06-08T15:39:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. Depending on the Diary setup options, a user can create a new entry each calendar day or even each minute. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry,  and can even create a new entry for a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry for any calendar day, hour or minute. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. If needed, markers can look at ALL the entries for any single user, and add ratings and feedback to individual entries. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as  the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats use, Always open. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit all entries - When enabled users can edit ANY previous entry by clicking the pencil icon at the end of the Entry: title. When disabled the icon is hidden and editing previous days entries is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Edit entry dates - When enabled users can edit the date of entry. This makes it possible to &amp;quot;move&amp;quot; a previously created entry by changing the date/time of the entry. An entry for a missed day can be created changing the current date to the missing date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, clicking the edit cog gives access to the following standard items:&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Locally assigned roles&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Check permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Competency breakdown&lt;br /&gt;
# Logs&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above all the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry.  Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
Also on the report page, next to the entry and date title for each student, there is now a link that will let the teacher see ALL the entries for a single student. From this new reportsingle page, the teacher can change/add grades and feedback to as many entries as they wish. A click on the, Save all feedback, button will save all changes and take the teacher back to the normal report page. Next to the, Save all feedback button, there is a, Return to report page for - Current Diary Name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup a site wide Diary ==&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most versatile ways I have learned to use the Diary plugin for general use, is to set it up for use throughout my whole Moodle site.  The only downside is that you will need to install it on the site front page and when you do so you will need to change the, Default frontpage role, from Authenticated user on front page, to, Student (student). Without the student role, only an admin will be able to use it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    Install the Diary plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
    On the site front page add a, Main menu, block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In your new Main menu block, Add an activity or resource, then select Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Give it a name such as, Site Wide Diary.&lt;br /&gt;
    Add a Description, such as, A site wide diary for use by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the Diary settings, under Availability, set Edit all entries to, Yes, and set, Edit entry dates, to, Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
    Go to, Site administration &amp;gt; Front page &amp;gt; Default frontpage role and change from, Authenticated user on front page, to, Student (student).&lt;br /&gt;
    On the front page, in the Main menu block, click the edit icon and select, Configure Main menu block.&lt;br /&gt;
    In the settings, Where this block appears, change the, Page contexts to, Display throughout the entire site, then Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This should give everyone a link to the Site Wide Diary on every page of your Moodle site. If you want ANYONE to be able to see what the students have written, you will need to give them the Teacher role on the front page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138663</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138663"/>
		<updated>2020-10-10T15:59:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. The user can create a new entry each calendar day. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry each calendar day. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as  the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats use, Always open. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activity tools===&lt;br /&gt;
When a teacher or admin is on the view page using the Boost theme, clicking the edit cog gives access to the following standard items:&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit settings&lt;br /&gt;
# Locally assigned roles&lt;br /&gt;
# Permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Check permissions&lt;br /&gt;
# Filters&lt;br /&gt;
# Competency breakdown&lt;br /&gt;
# Logs&lt;br /&gt;
# Backup&lt;br /&gt;
# Restore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry.  Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Diary]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138267</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138267"/>
		<updated>2020-08-31T15:30:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Activity Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. The user can create a new entry each calendar day. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry each calendar day. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as  the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats use, Always open. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry.  Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138266</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138266"/>
		<updated>2020-08-31T15:29:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Activity Setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. The user can create a new entry each calendar day. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry each calendar day. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as  the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats use, Always open. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings -&lt;br /&gt;
* Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
* Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry.  Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138265</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138265"/>
		<updated>2020-08-31T15:27:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. The user can create a new entry each calendar day. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry each calendar day. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as  the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Activity Setup==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add a Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select, Diary, assuming your installation has the plugin installed.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary name - Enter a suitable name, one that possibly reflects the purpose of the diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# General - Diary description - Enter a suitable description or a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Availability - Days available - When the Course format is set to, Weekly format, you can set the Days available to the number of days you want. For other course formats use, Always open. The Days available the activity is actually open, depends up which week the activity is in. e.g. In the next week, if you create a diary with one day availability, it will be available to students only on Monday of next week.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Aggregate type - Select any one of the rating types you want to use, Average of ratings, Count of ratings, Maximum of ratings, Minimum of ratings, or Sum of ratings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ratings - Scale - Select a scale from the drop down and set the Maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
# Rating - Grade to pass - Depending on the scale type, set an appropriate Grade to pass.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry.  Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138225</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138225"/>
		<updated>2020-08-27T15:43:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. The user can create a new entry each calendar day. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purpose==&lt;br /&gt;
Like the Journal, the Diary module is suitable for short, online writing assignments in which users can refine their entries over time, based on feedback from the marker. Unlike the Journal however, the Diary can start a new entry each calendar day. This helps prevent the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers as they see only one entry from each user at the same time on one page. Using visible or separate groups also helps cut down on the &#039;scroll of death&#039; for markers. With all the new tools available in the Atto and Tiny MCE editors, a diary entry can also include audio and video recordings. Feedback is a simple numerical rating along with text as  the use of the rubric or marking guide is not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Diary (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name and in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select how many, Days available, the activity will be open.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the, Aggregate type, and, Scale, along with the, Maximum grade, to use for rating student/user entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry.  Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138224</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138224"/>
		<updated>2020-08-27T15:32:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. The Diary module allows a teacher to collect online text, audio, and video from a user. The user can create a new entry each calendar day. Each entry can be individually reviewed, provided with feedback, and graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day. The data submitted by student is visible only to the teacher, course manager, or site admin, and not to the other users in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Diary (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name and in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select how many, Days available, the activity will be open.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the, Aggregate type, and, Scale, along with the, Maximum grade, to use for rating student/user entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry.  Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138203</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138203"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T18:57:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Student tools */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. It allows a user to create a new entry each day. Each entry can be individually graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Diary (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name and in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select how many, Days available, the activity will be open.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the, Aggregate type, and, Scale, along with the, Maximum grade, to use for rating student/user entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the users very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry.  Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138202</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138202"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T18:56:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. It allows a user to create a new entry each day. Each entry can be individually graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Diary (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name and in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select how many, Days available, the activity will be open.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the, Aggregate type, and, Scale, along with the, Maximum grade, to use for rating student/user entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the view page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A students export will contain only their entries from the current diary. A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the view page and sets the, Sort order, From current diary entry to the first entry, for the current user, showing the number of entries selected in the, Entries per page: drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list - Open the diary entry at the top of the list for editing.&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry - Reloads the view page, with the very first diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the lowest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries. Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the view page, with the highest rated diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the view page, with the most recently edited diary entry at the top of the list of entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher tools===&lt;br /&gt;
On the report page, above the entries there is a toolbar with the following:&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv - A teachers export will contain all the entries from the current diary. An admins export will contain all entries from all diaries on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Current diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most current diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# First diary entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the first diary entry for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the lowest rating, for each user with at least one entry.  Note: any unrated entry is considered lower than any entry with a numerical rating.&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the diary entry with the highest rating, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries - Reloads the report page, and shows the most recently edited diary entry, for each user with at least one entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138201</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138201"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T18:33:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. It allows a user to create a new entry each day. Each entry can be individually graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Diary (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name and in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select how many, Days available, the activity will be open.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the, Aggregate type, and, Scale, along with the, Maximum grade, to use for rating student/user entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
Above the entries&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to .csv&lt;br /&gt;
# Reload and show from current to oldest diary entry&lt;br /&gt;
# Edit top of the list&lt;br /&gt;
# From first diary entry to the latest entry&lt;br /&gt;
# Lowest rated entries&lt;br /&gt;
# Highest rated entries&lt;br /&gt;
# Most recently modified entries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138200</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138200"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T18:27:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. It allows a user to create a new entry each day. Each entry can be individually graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Diary (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name and in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what&#039;s expected of them in regards to the Diary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select how many, Days available, the activity will be open.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the, Aggregate type, and, Scale, along with the, Maximum grade, to use for rating student/user entries.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select/set the remaining options, especially the, Group mode, if you have very many users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Hot_Question&amp;diff=138199</id>
		<title>Hot Question</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Hot_Question&amp;diff=138199"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T17:24:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Question type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_hotquestion&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_hotquestion/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=158368#p714750&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
The Hot Question activity is a Moodle plugin that can be used to better understand topics that a group collectively want to know more about. You ask participants to submit questions, or responses to a prompt, for example a recorded lecture, a topical issue, readings, revision class etc. Participants can then submit questions related to that topic, which appear in an ordered list (newest questions appear first). Participants then &#039;rate&#039; other&#039;s questions by clicking a Thumbs Up icon - this gives the question / response heat. The more votes, the hotter the question and the higher up the list it will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means teachers of large classes can address the top (5 or 10?) questions, knowing they are addressing the majority of the class&#039;s concerns. Other questions lower down the list might be discussed with a discussion forum, or summarized by the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the Hot Question to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Hot Question (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name and in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what expected of them in regards to the activity&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want students to be able to post anonymously and enable this if you do.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want students questions be approved before others can see them and enable this if you do&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set an availability time period with Open time and Close time and enable them if you do&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to control viewing the question by groups and set Group mode if you do&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you to set Activity completion tracking for manual marking complete, or automatic view completion&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add your question in the text area and click Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Post anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
There are not many configuration options for Hot Question, but one is anonymous posting for participants. When enabled, they can chose to hide their identity from other participants.You may find this useful if you are asking students for feedback on complex or difficult to understand subjects or are trying to encourage students who may be worried about posting a &amp;quot;stupid&amp;quot; question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approval required===&lt;br /&gt;
This configuration setting can be very important, depending on the maturity level of the participants. If you think someone might post a totally inappropriate question, set the activity to Approval required = Yes. With this setting, the question  can only be seen by teachers and administrators, until one of them approves the question. Even the person writing the question cannot see it once they click the button to post it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Availability===&lt;br /&gt;
Open time and Close time configurations can be used to limit when participants can post to the activity. If you do not want questions posted before an event, such as a class period, set the Open time to correspond to the start of the class period. Conversely, if you do not want any more questions posted after the end of an event, such as a semester, set the Close time to a suitable date and time. If you want participants to post questions only during a period of time, such as a lecture, set both the Open time and Close times to correspond to the lecture time and duration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
Above the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Previous round - If the teacher has added one or more, new rounds, the student can click this toolbutton to go to any previous round and read the entries there, but cannot post in previous rounds. If there is only ONE round, the Previous round toolbutton has no effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round - If the student is viewing the current round, the Next round toolbutton has no effect. Once a student has used the Previous round toolbutton, the Next round toolbutton becomes active and give the student a pathway back to the current round.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refresh - Especially import during live sessions, the refresh button works just like a browser page reload. It will let students see new questions, teacher priority settings, and heat votes from other students.&lt;br /&gt;
By the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Priority - Students cannot change any Priority. This is set by the teacher, so they can rate questions separately for student heat/votes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat - If a student sees a thumbs up in the Heat column, they can click on it to vote, or add heat to the question. Once they add their vote, they cannot remove their vote. This prevents &amp;quot;buyers remorse&amp;quot; influence from other students. The more heat a question has, the higher it moves up in the list of questions. A user cannot apply heat to their own, named post. However, everyone can apply heat to an anonymous question, even the person who made the post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher and Admin tools===&lt;br /&gt;
Above the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to ccsv - In any Hot Question activity, if a teacher clicks this tool, they can download all the questions and data from the current Hot Question activity. In any Hot Question activity, if an admin user clicks this tool, they can download all the questions and data from ALL Hot Question activities on the whole Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
# Previous round - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
# Open a new round - If a teacher or admin clicks this button, the current round is archived, and a new blank round is started.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove this round - If a teacher or admin clicks this button, they current round, it&#039;s questions&#039; it&#039;s priorities, and it&#039;s heat, are all deleted and a new blank round is started.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refresh - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
By the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Priority - A teacher or admin can set a numerical priority rating for each question. Thumbs up increases the rating and thumbs down, decreases the rating. The rating number can be either positive or negative.&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove - If a teacher or admin clicks this button, the question, it&#039;s priority, and it&#039;s heat, are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Approved - If Approval required is set to Yes, each question can only be seen by a teacher or admin, until one of them clicks the red (not approved) button and it turns to green (approved).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can staff see who voted on questions?==&lt;br /&gt;
This information can be found in that Hot Question&#039;s logs (Navigation block&amp;gt; Reports).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ideas for usage==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the questions and create a  [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tag_cloud Wordle] that will show repeated words in larger text.&lt;br /&gt;
Ask questions on a Lecturecast recording, polling the questions asked and answering them in the next session&lt;br /&gt;
Gather feedback during a session on certain aspects and with students rating the most important&lt;br /&gt;
Establish an open-approach to asking questions, promoting students to considering other people&#039;s questions in lieu of their own&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a Hot Question being used to allow students to ask questions about a video. It is also possible to embed videos into the Hot Question so students can watch it from the same page as the are where they can ask questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Moodle_hot_question.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[StudentQuiz module]] - While Moodle’s Quiz module allows teachers to define quizzes to be answered by students with a variety of question types, StudentQuiz moves one step further allowing students to contribute to the pool of questions related to the course. StudentQuiz can be configured to award points for contribution and participation by students and allows teachers to moderate the question pool by approving or deleting unsuitable or wrong question. StudentQuiz enables students to rate and optionally comment the questions they answered, awarding the creator of the question with additional points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Quiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Pregunta Caliente]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138198</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138198"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T17:23:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. It allows a user to create a new entry each day. Each entry can be individually graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the Diary activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Diary (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name and in the description area, add a prompt that tells students what expected of them in regards to the Diary activity&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138197</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138197"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T17:19:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. It allows a user to create a new entry each day. Each entry can be individually graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138196</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138196"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T17:18:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. It allows a user to create a new entry each day. Each entry can be individually graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Journal module]] - While the Journal module allows students/users to add text to one &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot;, Diary moves one step further allowing students/users to add a new &amp;quot;entry&amp;quot; every new calendar day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Plugin]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Hot_Question&amp;diff=138195</id>
		<title>Hot Question</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Hot_Question&amp;diff=138195"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T17:17:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Question type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_hotquestion&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_hotquestion/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=158368#p714750&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
The Hot Question activity is a Moodle plugin that can be used to better understand topics that a group collectively want to know more about. You ask participants to submit questions, or responses to a prompt, for example a recorded lecture, a topical issue, readings, revision class etc. Participants can then submit questions related to that topic, which appear in an ordered list (newest questions appear first). Participants then &#039;rate&#039; other&#039;s questions by clicking a Thumbs Up icon - this gives the question / response heat. The more votes, the hotter the question and the higher up the list it will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means teachers of large classes can address the top (5 or 10?) questions, knowing they are addressing the majority of the class&#039;s concerns. Other questions lower down the list might be discussed with a discussion forum, or summarised by the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the Hot Question to, then from the Add an activity drop down select Hot Question (assuming your installation has the plugin installed).&lt;br /&gt;
# Give the activity a name and in the description area, add a promp that tells students what expected of them in regards to the activity&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want students to be able to post anonymously and enable this if you do.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want students questions be approved before others can see them and enable this if you do&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set an availability time period with Open time and Close time and enable them if you do&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to control viewing the question by groups and set Group mode if you do&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you to set Activity completion tracking for manual marking complete, or automatic view completion&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add your question in the text area and click Post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Post anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
There are not many configuration options for Hot Question, but one is anonymous posting for participants. When enabled, they can chose to hide their identity from other participants.You may find this useful if you are asking students for feedback on complex or difficult to understand subjects or are trying to encourage students who may be worried about posting a &amp;quot;stupid&amp;quot; question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Approval required===&lt;br /&gt;
This configuration setting can be very important, depending on the maturity level of the participants. If you think someone might post a totally inappropriate question, set the activity to Approval required = Yes. With this setting, the question  can only be seen by teachers and administrators, until one of them approves the question. Even the person writing the question cannot see it once they click the button to post it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Availability===&lt;br /&gt;
Open time and Close time configurations can be used to limit when participants can post to the activity. If you do not want questions posted before an event, such as a class period, set the Open time to correspond to the start of the class period. Conversely, if you do not want any more questions posted after the end of an event, such as a semester, set the Close time to a suitable date and time. If you want participants to post questions only during a period of time, such as a lecture, set both the Open time and Close times to correspond to the lecture time and duration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tools==&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the participates capabilities, various tools are available for real-time-use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student tools===&lt;br /&gt;
Above the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Previous round - If the teacher has added one or more, new rounds, the student can click this toolbutton to go to any previous round and read the entries there, but cannot post in previous rounds. If there is only ONE round, the Previous round toolbutton has no effect.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round - If the student is viewing the current round, the Next round toolbutton has no effect. Once a student has used the Previous round toolbutton, the Next round toolbutton becomes active and give the student a pathway back to the current round.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refresh - Especially import during live sessions, the refresh button works just like a browser page reload. It will let students see new questions, teacher priority settings, and heat votes from other students.&lt;br /&gt;
By the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Priority - Students cannot change any Priority. This is set by the teacher, so they can rate questions separately for student heat/votes.&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat - If a student sees a thumbs up in the Heat column, they can click on it to vote, or add heat to the question. Once they add their vote, they cannot remove their vote. This prevents &amp;quot;buyers remorse&amp;quot; influence from other students. The more heat a question has, the higher it moves up in the list of questions. A user cannot apply heat to their own, named post. However, everyone can apply heat to an anonymous question, even the person who made the post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher and Admin tools===&lt;br /&gt;
Above the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Export to ccsv - In any Hot Question activity, if a teacher clicks this tool, they can download all the questions and data from the current Hot Question activity. In any Hot Question activity, if an admin user clicks this tool, they can download all the questions and data from ALL Hot Question activities on the whole Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
# Previous round - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
# Next round - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
# Open a new round - If a teacher or admin clicks this button, the current round is archived, and a new blank round is started.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove this round - If a teacher or admin clicks this button, they current round, it&#039;s questions&#039; it&#039;s priorities, and it&#039;s heat, are all deleted and a new blank round is started.&lt;br /&gt;
# Refresh - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
By the questions&lt;br /&gt;
# Priority - A teacher or admin can set a numerical priority rating for each question. Thumbs up increases the rating and thumbs down, decreases the rating. The rating number can be either positive or negative.&lt;br /&gt;
# Heat - This toolbutton works the same for teachers and admins, as it does for students.&lt;br /&gt;
# Remove - If a teacher or admin clicks this button, the question, it&#039;s priority, and it&#039;s heat, are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Approved - If Approval required is set to Yes, each question can only be seen by a teacher or admin, until one of them clicks the red (not approved) button and it turns to green (approved).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can staff see who voted on questions?==&lt;br /&gt;
This information can be found in that Hot Question&#039;s logs (Navigation block&amp;gt; Reports).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ideas for usage==&lt;br /&gt;
Take the questions and create a  [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tag_cloud Wordle] that will show repeated words in larger text.&lt;br /&gt;
Ask questions on a Lecturecast recording, polling the questions asked and answering them in the next session&lt;br /&gt;
Gather feedback during a session on certain aspects and with students rating the most important&lt;br /&gt;
Establish an open-approach to asking questions, promoting students to considering other people&#039;s questions in lieu of their own&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a Hot Question being used to allow students to ask questions about a video. It is also possible to embed videos into the Hot Question so students can watch it from the same page as the are where they can ask questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Moodle_hot_question.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[StudentQuiz module]] - While Moodle’s Quiz module allows teachers to define quizzes to be answered by students with a variety of question types, StudentQuiz moves one step further allowing students to contribute to the pool of questions related to the course. StudentQuiz can be configured to award points for contribution and participation by students and allows teachers to moderate the question pool by approving or deleting unsuitable or wrong question. StudentQuiz enables students to rate and optionally comment the questions they answered, awarding the creator of the question with additional points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Questions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Quiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contributed code]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Pregunta Caliente]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138194</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138194"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T17:12:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Daily journal type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_diary&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_diary/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=409226&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Diary is based off the Journal plugin. It allows a user to create a new entry each day. Each entry can be individually graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138193</id>
		<title>Diary</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=Diary&amp;diff=138193"/>
		<updated>2020-08-23T16:22:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: Created page with &amp;quot;Diary is based off the Journal plugin. It allows a user to create a new entry each day. Each entry can be individually graded, with overall rating results being shown based on...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Diary is based off the Journal plugin. It allows a user to create a new entry each day. Each entry can be individually graded, with overall rating results being shown based on the selected aggregate type of rating. Currently, the user can edit any entry, but cannot start a new entry on a skipped day.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137416</id>
		<title>MooTyper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137416"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T18:38:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_mootyper&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_mootyper/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=209535&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper is an Activity module. A course admin, manager, or teacher creates the activity and prepares it for use by selecting the mode, the lesson, keyboard layout, and all the other settings to use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper currently, has three activity modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practice mode - students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. It also allows a student to delete the results of an exercise attempt, and try it over. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesson mode - like practice mode, students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exercise result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exam mode - only one exercise from a lesson is presented for the student to attempt. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exam mode result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a student finishes any exercise, in any mode, the results are saved into a MooTyper database, so the teacher can view individual student progress. Currently, the results are NOT added to the Moodle Grade table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the MooTyper activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down, seletect MooTyper (assuming your installation has the plugin installed.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a title for the MooTyper activity. e.g. MooTyper - Practice - Lesson 13&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to enable Open time or Close time and set them accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
# At this point you can set Options, but it is more convenient to wait and do them on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Group mode, under Common module settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Access restrictions under Restrict access.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Completion tracking under Activity completion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Tags under Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Course Competencies and Upon activity completion: under Competencies Competencies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup/Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the above steps in the section, To use, you  should see a page with a link to, Setup, which you should click. This page can also be accessed via the Settings button on the View page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Mode you want to use. Once saved, the Mode cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Lesson name you want to use. Once saved, the Lesson name cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Time limit for each exercise in a Lesson. Enter the time as whole minutes. Zero minutes equals Unlimited, or no time limit for each exercise. If the Time limit expires, the exercise is halted and the current results posted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required precision. In Practice or Lesson mode, if the student does not achieve the required precision, the results in the grade pages are highlighted in red, and the student must attempt the same exercise, again, before they can proceed to a new exercise. In Exam mode, students are NOT automatically given the opportunity to try again if they do not achieve the required precision. Zero means Required precision will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required WPM (Word Per Minute) rate. This setting works the same as Required precision. Zero means Required WPM will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want the text the student is to type, is left aligned, center aligned, or right aligned.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Continuous typing. On - the cursor moves for every keystroke. Off - the cursor does not advance until the correct letter is typed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count mistyped spaces. On - every extra space typed counts as a mistake. Off - extra typed spaces are ignored and not added to the mistake count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count all keystrokes. On - if Continuous typing is off, if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, each one is counted as a mistake. Off - if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, only the first one is counted as a mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn On/Off, Show keyboard. On - the selected layout is shown and gives a visual indication of which key to use to type the current character. Off - the layout must still be selected, but it will not be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select which Keyboard layout to use. The selected layout must match the layout your Operating System is using so that mistakes can be tracked accurately, even if your have elected to NOT show the keyboard layout below the text to type.&lt;br /&gt;
# The rest of the settings are colors and until you have some experience, it is probably best to just use the defaults. Later, an admin, manager, or teacher can change them at any time. Colors can be entered as hex color codes, or standard HTML color names. e.g. #000000, #7FEF6C, red, pink, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a MooTyper activity being used to allow students to practice typing in Lesson mode. They have just finished the second of ten exercises in Lesson 13. They did not finish in allocated one minute time limit. The results of this attempt will be marked as passing because the both the Required precision (90%) and Required WPM (20) were exceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{ns:file}}:Moodle_mootyper.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137415</id>
		<title>MooTyper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137415"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T18:34:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_mootyper&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_mootyper/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=209535&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper is an Activity module. A course admin, manager, or teacher creates the activity and prepares it for use by selecting the mode, the lesson, keyboard layout, and all the other settings to use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper currently, has three activity modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practice mode - students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. It also allows a student to delete the results of an exercise attempt, and try it over. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesson mode - like practice mode, students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exercise result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exam mode - only one exercise from a lesson is presented for the student to attempt. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exam mode result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a student finishes any exercise, in any mode, the results are saved into a MooTyper database, so the teacher can view individual student progress. Currently, the results are NOT added to the Moodle Grade table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[To use]]==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the MooTyper activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down, seletect MooTyper (assuming your installation has the plugin installed.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a title for the MooTyper activity. e.g. MooTyper - Practice - Lesson 13&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to enable Open time or Close time and set them accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
# At this point you can set Options, but it is more convenient to wait and do them on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Group mode, under Common module settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Access restrictions under Restrict access.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Completion tracking under Activity completion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Tags under Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Course Competencies and Upon activity completion: under Competencies Competencies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Setup/Settings]]==&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the above steps in the section, To use, you  should see a page with a link to, Setup, which you should click. This page can also be accessed via the Settings button on the View page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Mode you want to use. Once saved, the Mode cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Lesson name you want to use. Once saved, the Lesson name cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Time limit for each exercise in a Lesson. Enter the time as whole minutes. Zero minutes equals Unlimited, or no time limit for each exercise. If the Time limit expires, the exercise is halted and the current results posted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required precision. In Practice or Lesson mode, if the student does not achieve the required precision, the results in the grade pages are highlighted in red, and the student must attempt the same exercise, again, before they can proceed to a new exercise. In Exam mode, students are NOT automatically given the opportunity to try again if they do not achieve the required precision. Zero means Required precision will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required WPM (Word Per Minute) rate. This setting works the same as Required precision. Zero means Required WPM will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want the text the student is to type, is left aligned, center aligned, or right aligned.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Continuous typing. On - the cursor moves for every keystroke. Off - the cursor does not advance until the correct letter is typed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count mistyped spaces. On - every extra space typed counts as a mistake. Off - extra typed spaces are ignored and not added to the mistake count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count all keystrokes. On - if Continuous typing is off, if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, each one is counted as a mistake. Off - if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, only the first one is counted as a mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn On/Off, Show keyboard. On - the selected layout is shown and gives a visual indication of which key to use to type the current character. Off - the layout must still be selected, but it will not be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select which Keyboard layout to use. The selected layout must match the layout your Operating System is using so that mistakes can be tracked accurately, even if your have elected to NOT show the keyboard layout below the text to type.&lt;br /&gt;
# The rest of the settings are colors and until you have some experience, it is probably best to just use the defaults. Later, an admin, manager, or teacher can change them at any time. Colors can be entered as hex color codes, or standard HTML color names. e.g. #000000, #7FEF6C, red, pink, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Examples]]==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a MooTyper activity being used to allow students to practice typing in Lesson mode. They have just finished the second of ten exercises in Lesson 13. They did not finish in allocated one minute time limit. The results of this attempt will be marked as passing because the both the Required precision (90%) and Required WPM (20) were exceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{ns:file}}:Moodle_mootyper.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137414</id>
		<title>MooTyper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137414"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T18:34:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Examples */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_mootyper&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_mootyper/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=209535&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper is an Activity module. A course admin, manager, or teacher creates the activity and prepares it for use by selecting the mode, the lesson, keyboard layout, and all the other settings to use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper currently, has three activity modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practice mode - students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. It also allows a student to delete the results of an exercise attempt, and try it over. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesson mode - like practice mode, students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exercise result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exam mode - only one exercise from a lesson is presented for the student to attempt. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exam mode result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a student finishes any exercise, in any mode, the results are saved into a MooTyper database, so the teacher can view individual student progress. Currently, the results are NOT added to the Moodle Grade table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[To use]]==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the MooTyper activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down, seletect MooTyper (assuming your installation has the plugin installed.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a title for the MooTyper activity. e.g. MooTyper - Practice - Lesson 13&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to enable Open time or Close time and set them accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
# At this point you can set Options, but it is more convenient to wait and do them on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Group mode, under Common module settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Access restrictions under Restrict access.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Completion tracking under Activity completion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Tags under Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Course Competencies and Upon activity completion: under Competencies Competencies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Setup/Settings]]==&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the above steps in the section, To use, you  should see a page with a link to, Setup, which you should click. This page can also be accessed via the Settings button on the View page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Mode you want to use. Once saved, the Mode cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Lesson name you want to use. Once saved, the Lesson name cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Time limit for each exercise in a Lesson. Enter the time as whole minutes. Zero minutes equals Unlimited, or no time limit for each exercise. If the Time limit expires, the exercise is halted and the current results posted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required precision. In Practice or Lesson mode, if the student does not achieve the required precision, the results in the grade pages are highlighted in red, and the student must attempt the same exercise, again, before they can proceed to a new exercise. In Exam mode, students are NOT automatically given the opportunity to try again if they do not achieve the required precision. Zero means Required precision will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required WPM (Word Per Minute) rate. This setting works the same as Required precision. Zero means Required WPM will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want the text the student is to type, is left aligned, center aligned, or right aligned.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Continuous typing. On - the cursor moves for every keystroke. Off - the cursor does not advance until the correct letter is typed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count mistyped spaces. On - every extra space typed counts as a mistake. Off - extra typed spaces are ignored and not added to the mistake count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count all keystrokes. On - if Continuous typing is off, if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, each one is counted as a mistake. Off - if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, only the first one is counted as a mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn On/Off, Show keyboard. On - the selected layout is shown and gives a visual indication of which key to use to type the current character. Off - the layout must still be selected, but it will not be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select which Keyboard layout to use. The selected layout must match the layout your Operating System is using so that mistakes can be tracked accurately, even if your have elected to NOT show the keyboard layout below the text to type.&lt;br /&gt;
# The rest of the settings are colors and until you have some experience, it is probably best to just use the defaults. Later, an admin, manager, or teacher can change them at any time. Colors can be entered as hex color codes, or standard HTML color names. e.g. #000000, #7FEF6C, red, pink, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Examples]]==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a MooTyper activity being used to allow students to practice typing in Lesson mode. They have just finished the second of ten exercises in Lesson 13. They did not finish in allocated one minute time limit. The results of this attempt will be marked as passing because the both the Required precision (90%) and Required WPM (20) were exceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{ns:file}}:Moodle_mootyper.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup/Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the above steps in the section, To use, you  should see a page with a link to, Setup, which you should click. This page can also be accessed via the Settings button on the View page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Mode you want to use. Once saved, the Mode cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Lesson name you want to use. Once saved, the Lesson name cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Time limit for each exercise in a Lesson. Enter the time as whole minutes. Zero minutes equals Unlimited, or no time limit for each exercise. If the Time limit expires, the exercise is halted and the current results posted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required precision. In Practice or Lesson mode, if the student does not achieve the required precision, the results in the grade pages are highlighted in red, and the student must attempt the same exercise, again, before they can proceed to a new exercise. In Exam mode, students are NOT automatically given the opportunity to try again if they do not achieve the required precision. Zero means Required precision will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required WPM (Word Per Minute) rate. This setting works the same as Required precision. Zero means Required WPM will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want the text the student is to type, is left aligned, center aligned, or right aligned.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Continuous typing. On - the cursor moves for every keystroke. Off - the cursor does not advance until the correct letter is typed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count mistyped spaces. On - every extra space typed counts as a mistake. Off - extra typed spaces are ignored and not added to the mistake count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count all keystrokes. On - if Continuous typing is off, if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, each one is counted as a mistake. Off - if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, only the first one is counted as a mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn On/Off, Show keyboard. On - the selected layout is shown and gives a visual indication of which key to use to type the current character. Off - the layout must still be selected, but it will not be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select which Keyboard layout to use. The selected layout must match the layout your Operating System is using so that mistakes can be tracked accurately, even if your have elected to NOT show the keyboard layout below the text to type.&lt;br /&gt;
# The rest of the settings are colors and until you have some experience, it is probably best to just use the defaults. Later, an admin, manager, or teacher can change them at any time. Colors can be entered as hex color codes, or standard HTML color names. e.g. #000000, #7FEF6C, red, pink, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a MooTyper activity being used to allow students to practice typing in Lesson mode. They have just finished the second of ten exercises in Lesson 13. They did not finish in allocated one minute time limit. The results of this attempt will be marked as passing because the both the Required precision (90%) and Required WPM (20) were exceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{ns:file}}:Moodle_mootyper.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137413</id>
		<title>MooTyper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137413"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T18:33:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* Setup/Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_mootyper&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_mootyper/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=209535&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper is an Activity module. A course admin, manager, or teacher creates the activity and prepares it for use by selecting the mode, the lesson, keyboard layout, and all the other settings to use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper currently, has three activity modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practice mode - students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. It also allows a student to delete the results of an exercise attempt, and try it over. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesson mode - like practice mode, students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exercise result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exam mode - only one exercise from a lesson is presented for the student to attempt. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exam mode result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a student finishes any exercise, in any mode, the results are saved into a MooTyper database, so the teacher can view individual student progress. Currently, the results are NOT added to the Moodle Grade table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[To use]]==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the MooTyper activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down, seletect MooTyper (assuming your installation has the plugin installed.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a title for the MooTyper activity. e.g. MooTyper - Practice - Lesson 13&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to enable Open time or Close time and set them accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
# At this point you can set Options, but it is more convenient to wait and do them on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Group mode, under Common module settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Access restrictions under Restrict access.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Completion tracking under Activity completion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Tags under Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Course Competencies and Upon activity completion: under Competencies Competencies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Setup/Settings]]==&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the above steps in the section, To use, you  should see a page with a link to, Setup, which you should click. This page can also be accessed via the Settings button on the View page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Mode you want to use. Once saved, the Mode cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Lesson name you want to use. Once saved, the Lesson name cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Time limit for each exercise in a Lesson. Enter the time as whole minutes. Zero minutes equals Unlimited, or no time limit for each exercise. If the Time limit expires, the exercise is halted and the current results posted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required precision. In Practice or Lesson mode, if the student does not achieve the required precision, the results in the grade pages are highlighted in red, and the student must attempt the same exercise, again, before they can proceed to a new exercise. In Exam mode, students are NOT automatically given the opportunity to try again if they do not achieve the required precision. Zero means Required precision will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required WPM (Word Per Minute) rate. This setting works the same as Required precision. Zero means Required WPM will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want the text the student is to type, is left aligned, center aligned, or right aligned.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Continuous typing. On - the cursor moves for every keystroke. Off - the cursor does not advance until the correct letter is typed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count mistyped spaces. On - every extra space typed counts as a mistake. Off - extra typed spaces are ignored and not added to the mistake count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count all keystrokes. On - if Continuous typing is off, if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, each one is counted as a mistake. Off - if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, only the first one is counted as a mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn On/Off, Show keyboard. On - the selected layout is shown and gives a visual indication of which key to use to type the current character. Off - the layout must still be selected, but it will not be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select which Keyboard layout to use. The selected layout must match the layout your Operating System is using so that mistakes can be tracked accurately, even if your have elected to NOT show the keyboard layout below the text to type.&lt;br /&gt;
# The rest of the settings are colors and until you have some experience, it is probably best to just use the defaults. Later, an admin, manager, or teacher can change them at any time. Colors can be entered as hex color codes, or standard HTML color names. e.g. #000000, #7FEF6C, red, pink, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Examples]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup/Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the above steps in the section, To use, you  should see a page with a link to, Setup, which you should click. This page can also be accessed via the Settings button on the View page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Mode you want to use. Once saved, the Mode cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Lesson name you want to use. Once saved, the Lesson name cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Time limit for each exercise in a Lesson. Enter the time as whole minutes. Zero minutes equals Unlimited, or no time limit for each exercise. If the Time limit expires, the exercise is halted and the current results posted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required precision. In Practice or Lesson mode, if the student does not achieve the required precision, the results in the grade pages are highlighted in red, and the student must attempt the same exercise, again, before they can proceed to a new exercise. In Exam mode, students are NOT automatically given the opportunity to try again if they do not achieve the required precision. Zero means Required precision will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required WPM (Word Per Minute) rate. This setting works the same as Required precision. Zero means Required WPM will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want the text the student is to type, is left aligned, center aligned, or right aligned.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Continuous typing. On - the cursor moves for every keystroke. Off - the cursor does not advance until the correct letter is typed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count mistyped spaces. On - every extra space typed counts as a mistake. Off - extra typed spaces are ignored and not added to the mistake count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count all keystrokes. On - if Continuous typing is off, if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, each one is counted as a mistake. Off - if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, only the first one is counted as a mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn On/Off, Show keyboard. On - the selected layout is shown and gives a visual indication of which key to use to type the current character. Off - the layout must still be selected, but it will not be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select which Keyboard layout to use. The selected layout must match the layout your Operating System is using so that mistakes can be tracked accurately, even if your have elected to NOT show the keyboard layout below the text to type.&lt;br /&gt;
# The rest of the settings are colors and until you have some experience, it is probably best to just use the defaults. Later, an admin, manager, or teacher can change them at any time. Colors can be entered as hex color codes, or standard HTML color names. e.g. #000000, #7FEF6C, red, pink, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a MooTyper activity being used to allow students to practice typing in Lesson mode. They have just finished the second of ten exercises in Lesson 13. They did not finish in allocated one minute time limit. The results of this attempt will be marked as passing because the both the Required precision (90%) and Required WPM (20) were exceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{ns:file}}:Moodle_mootyper.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137412</id>
		<title>MooTyper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137412"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T18:33:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_mootyper&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_mootyper/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=209535&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper is an Activity module. A course admin, manager, or teacher creates the activity and prepares it for use by selecting the mode, the lesson, keyboard layout, and all the other settings to use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper currently, has three activity modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practice mode - students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. It also allows a student to delete the results of an exercise attempt, and try it over. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesson mode - like practice mode, students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exercise result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exam mode - only one exercise from a lesson is presented for the student to attempt. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exam mode result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a student finishes any exercise, in any mode, the results are saved into a MooTyper database, so the teacher can view individual student progress. Currently, the results are NOT added to the Moodle Grade table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[To use]]==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the MooTyper activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down, seletect MooTyper (assuming your installation has the plugin installed.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a title for the MooTyper activity. e.g. MooTyper - Practice - Lesson 13&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to enable Open time or Close time and set them accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
# At this point you can set Options, but it is more convenient to wait and do them on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Group mode, under Common module settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Access restrictions under Restrict access.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Completion tracking under Activity completion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Tags under Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Course Competencies and Upon activity completion: under Competencies Competencies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Setup/Settings]]==&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Examples]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup/Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the above steps in the section, To use, you  should see a page with a link to, Setup, which you should click. This page can also be accessed via the Settings button on the View page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Mode you want to use. Once saved, the Mode cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Lesson name you want to use. Once saved, the Lesson name cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Time limit for each exercise in a Lesson. Enter the time as whole minutes. Zero minutes equals Unlimited, or no time limit for each exercise. If the Time limit expires, the exercise is halted and the current results posted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required precision. In Practice or Lesson mode, if the student does not achieve the required precision, the results in the grade pages are highlighted in red, and the student must attempt the same exercise, again, before they can proceed to a new exercise. In Exam mode, students are NOT automatically given the opportunity to try again if they do not achieve the required precision. Zero means Required precision will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required WPM (Word Per Minute) rate. This setting works the same as Required precision. Zero means Required WPM will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want the text the student is to type, is left aligned, center aligned, or right aligned.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Continuous typing. On - the cursor moves for every keystroke. Off - the cursor does not advance until the correct letter is typed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count mistyped spaces. On - every extra space typed counts as a mistake. Off - extra typed spaces are ignored and not added to the mistake count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count all keystrokes. On - if Continuous typing is off, if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, each one is counted as a mistake. Off - if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, only the first one is counted as a mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn On/Off, Show keyboard. On - the selected layout is shown and gives a visual indication of which key to use to type the current character. Off - the layout must still be selected, but it will not be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select which Keyboard layout to use. The selected layout must match the layout your Operating System is using so that mistakes can be tracked accurately, even if your have elected to NOT show the keyboard layout below the text to type.&lt;br /&gt;
# The rest of the settings are colors and until you have some experience, it is probably best to just use the defaults. Later, an admin, manager, or teacher can change them at any time. Colors can be entered as hex color codes, or standard HTML color names. e.g. #000000, #7FEF6C, red, pink, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a MooTyper activity being used to allow students to practice typing in Lesson mode. They have just finished the second of ten exercises in Lesson 13. They did not finish in allocated one minute time limit. The results of this attempt will be marked as passing because the both the Required precision (90%) and Required WPM (20) were exceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{ns:file}}:Moodle_mootyper.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137411</id>
		<title>MooTyper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137411"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T18:32:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* To use */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_mootyper&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_mootyper/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=209535&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper is an Activity module. A course admin, manager, or teacher creates the activity and prepares it for use by selecting the mode, the lesson, keyboard layout, and all the other settings to use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper currently, has three activity modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practice mode - students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. It also allows a student to delete the results of an exercise attempt, and try it over. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesson mode - like practice mode, students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exercise result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exam mode - only one exercise from a lesson is presented for the student to attempt. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exam mode result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a student finishes any exercise, in any mode, the results are saved into a MooTyper database, so the teacher can view individual student progress. Currently, the results are NOT added to the Moodle Grade table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[To use]]==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the MooTyper activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down, seletect MooTyper (assuming your installation has the plugin installed.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a title for the MooTyper activity. e.g. MooTyper - Practice - Lesson 13&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to enable Open time or Close time and set them accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
# At this point you can set Options, but it is more convenient to wait and do them on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Group mode, under Common module settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Access restrictions under Restrict access.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Completion tracking under Activity completion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Tags under Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Course Competencies and Upon activity completion: under Competencies Competencies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Setup/Settings]]==&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Examples]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the MooTyper activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down, seletect MooTyper (assuming your installation has the plugin installed.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a title for the MooTyper activity. e.g. MooTyper - Practice - Lesson 13&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to enable Open time or Close time and set them accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
# At this point you can set Options, but it is more convenient to wait and do them on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Group mode, under Common module settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Access restrictions under Restrict access.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Completion tracking under Activity completion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Tags under Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Course Competencies and Upon activity completion: under Competencies Competencies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup/Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the above steps in the section, To use, you  should see a page with a link to, Setup, which you should click. This page can also be accessed via the Settings button on the View page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Mode you want to use. Once saved, the Mode cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Lesson name you want to use. Once saved, the Lesson name cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Time limit for each exercise in a Lesson. Enter the time as whole minutes. Zero minutes equals Unlimited, or no time limit for each exercise. If the Time limit expires, the exercise is halted and the current results posted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required precision. In Practice or Lesson mode, if the student does not achieve the required precision, the results in the grade pages are highlighted in red, and the student must attempt the same exercise, again, before they can proceed to a new exercise. In Exam mode, students are NOT automatically given the opportunity to try again if they do not achieve the required precision. Zero means Required precision will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required WPM (Word Per Minute) rate. This setting works the same as Required precision. Zero means Required WPM will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want the text the student is to type, is left aligned, center aligned, or right aligned.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Continuous typing. On - the cursor moves for every keystroke. Off - the cursor does not advance until the correct letter is typed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count mistyped spaces. On - every extra space typed counts as a mistake. Off - extra typed spaces are ignored and not added to the mistake count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count all keystrokes. On - if Continuous typing is off, if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, each one is counted as a mistake. Off - if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, only the first one is counted as a mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn On/Off, Show keyboard. On - the selected layout is shown and gives a visual indication of which key to use to type the current character. Off - the layout must still be selected, but it will not be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select which Keyboard layout to use. The selected layout must match the layout your Operating System is using so that mistakes can be tracked accurately, even if your have elected to NOT show the keyboard layout below the text to type.&lt;br /&gt;
# The rest of the settings are colors and until you have some experience, it is probably best to just use the defaults. Later, an admin, manager, or teacher can change them at any time. Colors can be entered as hex color codes, or standard HTML color names. e.g. #000000, #7FEF6C, red, pink, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a MooTyper activity being used to allow students to practice typing in Lesson mode. They have just finished the second of ten exercises in Lesson 13. They did not finish in allocated one minute time limit. The results of this attempt will be marked as passing because the both the Required precision (90%) and Required WPM (20) were exceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{ns:file}}:Moodle_mootyper.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137410</id>
		<title>MooTyper</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/502/en/index.php?title=MooTyper&amp;diff=137410"/>
		<updated>2020-06-24T18:32:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Alrachels: /* To use */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox plugin&lt;br /&gt;
|type = Activity type &lt;br /&gt;
|entry =https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_mootyper&lt;br /&gt;
|tracker = https://github.com/drachels/moodle-mod_mootyper/issues&lt;br /&gt;
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=209535&lt;br /&gt;
|maintainer = [[User:AL Rachels|AL Rachels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|float = right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper is an Activity module. A course admin, manager, or teacher creates the activity and prepares it for use by selecting the mode, the lesson, keyboard layout, and all the other settings to use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MooTyper currently, has three activity modes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Practice mode - students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. It also allows a student to delete the results of an exercise attempt, and try it over. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesson mode - like practice mode, students proceed through a lesson in the order of the exercises listed in the lesson. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exercise result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exam mode - only one exercise from a lesson is presented for the student to attempt. Only an admin, manager, or teacher can delete an exam mode result, and let the student try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a student finishes any exercise, in any mode, the results are saved into a MooTyper database, so the teacher can view individual student progress. Currently, the results are NOT added to the Moodle Grade table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[To use]]==&lt;br /&gt;
test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Setup/Settings]]==&lt;br /&gt;
==[[Examples]]==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To use==&lt;br /&gt;
# Login and navigate to your Moodle course.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn editing on.&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the topic you would like to add the MooTyper activity to, then from the Add an activity drop down, seletect MooTyper (assuming your installation has the plugin installed.)&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a title for the MooTyper activity. e.g. MooTyper - Practice - Lesson 13&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to enable Open time or Close time and set them accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
# At this point you can set Options, but it is more convenient to wait and do them on the next page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Group mode, under Common module settings.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Access restrictions under Restrict access.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Completion tracking under Activity completion.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Tags under Tags.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want to set Course Competencies and Upon activity completion: under Competencies Competencies.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save and display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup/Settings==&lt;br /&gt;
# After completing the above steps in the section, To use, you  should see a page with a link to, Setup, which you should click. This page can also be accessed via the Settings button on the View page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Mode you want to use. Once saved, the Mode cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide which Lesson name you want to use. Once saved, the Lesson name cannot be changed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Time limit for each exercise in a Lesson. Enter the time as whole minutes. Zero minutes equals Unlimited, or no time limit for each exercise. If the Time limit expires, the exercise is halted and the current results posted.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required precision. In Practice or Lesson mode, if the student does not achieve the required precision, the results in the grade pages are highlighted in red, and the student must attempt the same exercise, again, before they can proceed to a new exercise. In Exam mode, students are NOT automatically given the opportunity to try again if they do not achieve the required precision. Zero means Required precision will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide if you want to set a Required WPM (Word Per Minute) rate. This setting works the same as Required precision. Zero means Required WPM will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
# Decide whether you want the text the student is to type, is left aligned, center aligned, or right aligned.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Continuous typing. On - the cursor moves for every keystroke. Off - the cursor does not advance until the correct letter is typed.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count mistyped spaces. On - every extra space typed counts as a mistake. Off - extra typed spaces are ignored and not added to the mistake count.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn on/off Count all keystrokes. On - if Continuous typing is off, if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, each one is counted as a mistake. Off - if you hit the same wrong key multiple times, only the first one is counted as a mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
# Turn On/Off, Show keyboard. On - the selected layout is shown and gives a visual indication of which key to use to type the current character. Off - the layout must still be selected, but it will not be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select which Keyboard layout to use. The selected layout must match the layout your Operating System is using so that mistakes can be tracked accurately, even if your have elected to NOT show the keyboard layout below the text to type.&lt;br /&gt;
# The rest of the settings are colors and until you have some experience, it is probably best to just use the defaults. Later, an admin, manager, or teacher can change them at any time. Colors can be entered as hex color codes, or standard HTML color names. e.g. #000000, #7FEF6C, red, pink, green, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Examples==&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot below shows an example of a MooTyper activity being used to allow students to practice typing in Lesson mode. They have just finished the second of ten exercises in Lesson 13. They did not finish in allocated one minute time limit. The results of this attempt will be marked as passing because the both the Required precision (90%) and Required WPM (20) were exceeded.&lt;br /&gt;
[[{{ns:file}}:Moodle_mootyper.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Alrachels</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>